You are on page 1of 224

Humb er Merc hants

Group
Arc hitec tural Ironmongery
Prod uc t Guid e
www.humbermerchants.co.uk
Humb er Merc hants
Group
Welcome to our new Architectural Ironmongery catalogue. We are sure
you will find it invaluable whether just looking for ideas, or for more
detailed specification work.
It is designed to enable you quickly and accurately to identify our
comprehensive range of Door Furniture, Exit Hardware, Lock Cases &
Cylinders.
In addition to the products shown, we are able to provide a full alike
change & master keying service together with a key cutting facility
covering most brands.
For the ultimate in security contact us for details of our unique
registered cylinder suite.
Our in house specification service provides builders and architects with
quotations for amongst others our Bridge Suite range of aluminium,
stainless steel and colour coated ironmongery. Please contact us for
further details.
For full details of safety signs please ask for a copy of our new
brochure.
As a Light Side Builders, Plumbers and Engineers Merchants, we can
supply an extensive range of products including Cement, Plaster and
Board, Guttering and Underground Drainage.
We are also specialist suppliers of Hand and Power Tools, Abrasives,
Industrial Clothing and Footwear, Fixings and Janitorial Products.
With a stock range of over 16,000 items together with our willingness
to locate and supply Specials we feel well placed to provide the....
Complete Service to Industry

Lightside Building
Materials

Hand & Power Tools

Consumables &
Engineering Supplies

Janitorial

Architectural Ironmongery

Plumbing

Electrical

Fire Equipment, Industrial


Hose & Couplings

Fixings and Fastenings

Decorating Products

Workwear & Safety


Equipment
Welc ome to
Humb er Merc hants Group
www.humbermerchants.co.uk
INDEX
SECTION 14 BUDGET CYLINDERS & MASTERKEY SYSTEMS
14 Budget Cylinders & Masterkey Systems 1-4
14
SECTION 15 KEY CABINETS, CASHBOXES & POST BOXES
15 Key Cabinets & Cashboxes 5-8
15A Keysecure Key Cabinets 9-12
15B DAD Post Boxes 13-20
15
SECTION 16 SAFES & KEY SAFES
16
SECTION 17 CAM LOCKS, GARAGE HANDLES & CABINET LOCKS
17
SECTION 18 CAR PARKING POSTS
18
SECTION 19 LOCKING PRODUCTS & MORTICE LOCKS
19
SECTION 20 PADLOCKS, HEAVY DUTY HASPS & STAPLES
20
SECTION 21 MECHANICAL & ELECTRONIC DIGITAL LOCKS
21
21 Codelocks Mechanical & Elect. Door Locks 89-92
21A Briton Cobra Digital Locks 93-94
21B Borg Mechanical Digital Locks 95-98
21C Simplex Unican (Kaba) Push Button Locks 99-102
21D Simplex Unican (Kaba) Mech. Digital Locks 103-106
21E Lockey Mechanical Digital Locks 107-110
21F Napco Mechanical Digital Locks 111-114
20 Squire Padlocks & New Locking Products 83-86
20A Heavy Duty Hasps & Staples 87-88
19 Willenhall Locks Specialised Locking Products 57-60
19A Alpro Metal Door Locks & Accessories 61-68
19B Adjustable Locking Bars 69-70
19C Mortice Locks & Rim Locks 71-82
18 Car Parking Posts 45-52
18A Vistaplan Car Parking Posts 53-56
17 Cam Locks & Garage Door Handles 37-40
17A A&E Squire Cabinet Locks 41-44
16 Safes 21-24
16A Secureline from Chubb Safes 25-32
16B Supra Key Safes 33-36
Indexblank 8/3/07 1:05 pm Page 3
26
SECTION 22 PANIC HARDWARE, DOOR CLOSERS & HINGES
22 Panic Hardware 115-122
22A Door Closers & Floor Springs 123-134
22B Stanley Spring Hinges 135-138
22C Hinges 139-142
22
SECTION 23 SCANDINAVIAN LOCKS & ACCESSIBLE LOCKING
23 Scandinavian Locks 143-150
23A Securefast Accessible Locking Solutions 151-154
23
SECTION 24 KEY MACHINES & KEYBLANKS
24
SECTION 25 FURNITURE & FITTINGS
25
SECTION 26 PVCU LOCKS, HANDLES & FITTINGS
SECTION 28 MISCELLANEOUS LOCKING PRODUCTS
28
SECTION 29 ACCESS CONTROL PRODUCTS
29
29 Access Control Products & Fitting Guides 207-214
28 Shelving & Brackets 203-204
28B London Fire Brigade Locks 205-206
TO FOLLOW LATE 07
TO FOLLOW LATE 07
27
SECTION 27
DDA PRODUCTS
25 Anti-Ligature, Disabled & Knob Furniture 159-162
25A Stainless Steel Furniture 163-166
25B Solid Stainless Steel Furniture 167-174
25C Polished Brass & Chrome Furniture 175-178
25D Contract Aluminium Furniture 179-182
25E Coloured Nylon Furniture 183-186
25F Black Antique Furniture 187-190
25G Metal Plates, Grilles & Vents 191-194
25H Escutcheons & Ant-Thrust Plates 195-198
25I Souber Tools DBB Morticer 199-202
24 RST Key Machines & Keyblanks 155-158
INDEX
Indexblank 8/3/07 1:05 pm Page 4
EURO 6 Pin Budget Range &
Factory Built Stock Suite
Open Profile & Mastered
Restricted R15 Profile
AP3 Patented
ASSA Ruko & Flexcore
ASSA 4800 / Twin Combi Etc.
Budget Cylinders
& Masterkey Systems

Master Suite Built in 5 Working Days

On the Shelf Stock Suites


Suite (European Manufacture)
T
Section
14
1
PH-BudgetCylinders 15/2/07 9:54 am Page 2
Euro Profile Cylinders
Oval Profile Cylinders
Screw-in Cylinders
Key Blanks
Rim Cylinders
Single Thumb Turn Double
Single Thumb Turn Double
6 Pin Cylinder for Extra Security
Choice of Nickel Plated or Brass Finishes
Hardened Anti-Drill Steel Pin for Extra Strength
NEW Budget 6 Pin Cylinder Range
Code Cylinder Description Finish
Euro Profile Double Cylinders NP PB
EUED251025 60mm = 25/10/25mm Euro Double NP PB
EUED301030 70mm = 30/10/30mm Euro Double NP PB
EUED351035 80mm = 35/10/35mm Euro Double NP PB
EUED301040 80mm = 30/10/40mm Euro Double NP PB
EUED401040 90mm = 40/10/40mm Euro Double NP PB
EUED351045 90mm = 35/10/45mm Euro Double NP PB
EUED301050 90mm = 30/10/50mm Euro Double NP PB
EUED401045 95mm = 40/10/45mm Euro Double NP PB
EUED451045 100mm = 45/10/45mm Euro Double NP PB
EUED351055 100mm = 35/10/55mm Euro Double NP PB
EUED351060 105mm = 35/10/60mm Euro Double NP PB
Euro Profile T/Turn Cylinders
EUET251025 60mm = 25/10/25mm Euro T/Turn NP PB
EUET301030 70mm = 30/10/30mm Euro T/Turn NP PB
EUET351035 80mm = 35/10/35mm Euro T/Turn NP PB
Euro Profile H/Turn (Blind) Cylinders
EUHT51030 45mm = 5/10/30mm Euro H/Turn NP PB
EUHT51035 50mm = 5/10/35mm Euro H/Turn NP PB
Euro Profile Single Cylinders
EUES30105 45mm = 30/10/5mm Euro Single NP PB
Oval Profile Double Cylinders
EUOD251025 60mm = 25/10/25mm Oval Double NP
EUOD301030 70mm = 30/10/30mm Oval Double NP
EUOD351035 80mm = 35/10/35mm Oval Double NP
Oval Profile Single Cylinders
EUOS30105 45mm = 30/10/5mm Oval Double NP
Oval Profile T/Turn Cylinders
EUOT251025 60mm = 25/10/25mm Oval Double NP
EUOT301030 70mm = 30/10/30mm Oval Double NP
EUOT351035 80mm = 35/10/35mm Oval Double NP
Round Screw-in Cylinders
EUSCREW/KA Keyed Alike Single NP
EUSCREW/KA/PRS Keyed Differ Single NP
EUSCREW/NP Keyed Alike Pairs NP
Scandinavian Cylinders
EUSCANSETSNP Keyed Alike Inner & Outer NP
Rim Cylinders
EURIMNP Rim Cylinder NP
EURIMPB Rim Cylinder PB
Banham Type Locks
EUBAN73 Banham Type Lock NP PB
EUBAN106 Banham Type Lock NP PB
Key Blanks
EUKEYBLANK Key Blanks NP
Pinning Kits
EUPINKIT Pinning Kits
Finishes: NP = Nickel Plated PB = Polished Brass
1
2
PH-BudgetCylinders 15/2/07 9:54 am Page 3
2
6 Pin Anti- Drill Factory Built
Budget Stock Suite Grand
Master Key
Area/ Sub 1 Area/ Sub 2 Area/ Sub 3 Area/ Sub 4
Part No. Suffix A1 Part No. Suffix A2 Part No. Suffix A3 Part No. Suffix A4
Euro Cyl + T/ Turn SNP 60mm EUMKET251025SNPA1 EUMKET251025SNPA2 EUMKET251025SNPA3 EUMKET251025SNPA4
Euro Cyl + T/ Turn SNP 70mm EUMKET301030SNPA1 EUMKET301030SNPA2 EUMKET301030SNPA3 EUMKET301030SNPA4
Euro Double Cyl SNP 60mm EUMKED251025SNPA1 EUMKED251025SNPA2 EUMKED251025SNPA3 EUMKED251025SNPA4
Euro Double Cyl SNP 70mm EUMKED301030SNPA1 EUMKED301030SNPA2 EUMKED301030SNPA3 EUMKED301030SNPA4
Euro Single Cyl SNP 45mm EUMKES301005SNPA1 EUMKES301005SNPA2 EUMKES301005SNPA3 EUMKES301005SNPA4
Oval Single Cyl SNP 45mm EUMKOS301005SNPA1 EUMKOS301005SNPA2 EUMKOS301005SNPA3 EUMKOS301005SNPA4
Rim Cylinder SNP EUMKRIMSNPA1 EUMKRIMSNPA2 EUMKRIMSNPA3 EUMKRIMSNPA4
Rim Cylinder PB EUMKRIMPBA1 EUMKRIMPBA2 EUMKRIMPBA3 EUMKRIMPBA4
Threaded Cylinder SNP EUMKSCREWPRSSNPA1 EUMKSCREWPRSSNPA2 EUMKSCREWPRSSNPA3 EUMKSCREWPRSSNPA1
Master Keys EUMK EUMK EUMK EUMK
Sub/ Area Master Keys EUAMK1 EUAMK2 EUAMK3 EUAMK4
6 Pin Anti- Drill Factory Built
Budget Stock Suite

Quality Product

Ex Stock

6 Pin Anti Drill Cylinders

4 Sub Master Sections

Open Profile
Example order for Euro Cyl+T/ Turn 301030SNP Under Sub/ Area1 - Order: EUMKET301030SNPA1
3
PH-BudgetCylinders 15/2/07 9:54 am Page 4
Suite European Manufacture
T
All components manufactured within
the EEC.
Master key cylinders manufactured
under ISO 9002.
Master key systems designed &
manufactured at our premises in
Willenhall.
Oval, Euro & Rim cylinders all under the
same section in Satin Nickel & Brass.
Large No. of Differs available ensuring
scope for additions & Extensions.
10 years experience of design
& manufacture of MK systems.
Standard Master Key Suite
Common Entrance or Flat Suite
MK
Grand Master Key Suite or GGMK Suite
SMK1 SMK2 SMK3 SMK4
Etc
GMK
Door 1 Door 2 Door 3 Door 4
Etc
Flat 1 Flat 2 Flat 3 Flat 4
Etc
Block
Entrance
Door 1/1
Etc
Door 2/1
Etc
Door 3/1
Etc
Door 4/1
Etc
Budget Cylinders
& Masterkey Systems
NEW
3
4
PH-BudgetCylinders 15/2/07 9:54 am Page 1
Section
15
Key Cabinets &
Cashboxes
Electronic Key Safe Key Cabinets
Notice Boards First Aid Cabinets
Cash Boxes Key Rings
5
PH-KeyCabinets.qxd 15/2/07 10:21 am Page 2
Key Cabinets & Cashboxes
PINTOREX RANGE
Electronic Safe

Excellent security for keys.

Electronic blocking system prevents unauthorised entry.

Drop-in facility allows keys to be dropped in without having to open the door.

The system is protected by specially designed chute to prevent misuse of the facility.

Door thickness 6mm. Body thickness 2mm.

Available with 40 or 80 hooks.
Code EU 305/ 4-40
Code EU 305/ 4-80
Perspex Door Key Cabinet
Code Capacity Size
HxWxD
EU 61/ 10 10 Hooks 120x350x45
EU 61/ 20 20 Hooks 200x350x45
EU 61/ 30 30 Hooks 275x350x45
EU 61/ 40 40 Hooks 350x350x45
EU 61/ 50 50 Hooks 425x350x45
850 RANGE
Notice Board Cabinet

Available in two sizes.

Key operated lock.

Supplied with two keys and magnets.

Finished in gold and coffee.
Code Size
HxWxD
EU 850/ 1 500x400x40
EU 850/ 2 600x500x40
First Aid Cabinet

Available in two sizes.

Key operated lock.

Supplied with two keys.

Finished in white/green.
Code Size
HxWxD
EU 89/ 1 365x320x120
EU 89/ 2 525x320x120
Waste Paper Bins

Waste paper bin with ashtray.

Metal painted in epoxy polyester with anti-corrosive treatment.

Key operated lock.

Supplied with two keys.

Suitable for car parks, motorway service areas, parks, sports centres
and offices.

Finished in white, red and green.
Optional

Support stands.

Single stand for single mounted bin.

Double stand for back to back mounted bins.

Finished in black.
Code Size
HxWxD
EU 700/ 1 500x310x160 1 support for 1 waste paper bin
EU 700/ 2 500x310x160 2 supports for 2 waste paper bins
EU 700-G-R-W 500x310x160 Hanging waste paper bin only
1
6
PH-KeyCabinets.qxd 15/2/07 10:21 am Page 3
Key Cabinets & Cashboxes
KEY ACCESSORIES
Split Rings

Quantity: 5x100

Mixed Lot

Ring Size: 20mm

Colour: Silver Chrome
Code EU 5017
Key Rings

Quantity: 10x200

Mixed Lot

Ring Size: 25mm

Colours: Black / Dark Blue /
Light Blue / Red / Pink/Purple /
Green / Yellow
Code EU 5050
Key Caps

Quantity: 10x200

Mixed Lot

Colours: Black / Dark Blue /
Light Blue / Red / Pink / Purple /
Green / Yellow
Code EU 5023
CASH BOX - MODEL ZC
Cash Box

Metal cash box.

Available in four different sizes.

Supplied with key operated lock and 2 keys.

All boxes supplied with trays.
Code Size Quantity
HxWxD
EU ZCB6 BLAC 160x115x85 10
EU ZCB8 GRY 200x150x88 10
EU ZCB10 RED 250x170x88 10
EU ZCB12 BLUE 300x226x90 10
Large Identity Tags
Small Identity Tags

Quantity (Large): 10x50

Quantity (Small): 10x100

Mixed Lot

Colours: Amber / Yellow /
Green / Red / Blue
Code EU 5039/ 85 (Large)
Code EU 5039/ 80 (Small)
Key Tags

Quantity: 10x200

Mixed Lot

Colours: Black / Dark Blue /
Light Blue / Red / Pink / Purple /
Green / Yellow
Code EU 5039
2
7
PH-KeyCabinets.qxd 15/2/07 10:21 am Page 4
Adjustable Hook Key Cabinet
Code Height Width Depth Weight Hooks
EUDKC080 450 340 80 4.2kg 80
EUDKC110 550 395 80 6.0kg 110
EUDKC165 550 395 130 6.3kg 165
Budget Key Cabinet
Code Height Width Depth Weight Hooks
EUDKC018 247 178 75 1.5kg 18
EUDKC028 300 214 80 2kg 28
EUDKC054 247 178 85 2kg 54
EUDKC090 247 178 85 2.6kg 90
EUDKC140 300 214 97 2.7kg 140
Digital Key Safe
Code Height Width Depth Weight Hooks
EUDKC100K 550 380 170 21kg 60
EUDKC100D 550 380 170 21kg 60
EUDKC200K 550 380 170 28kg 200
EUDKC200D 550 380 170 28kg 200
EUDKC600K 400 300 150 10.5kg 60
EUDKC600D 400 300 150 10.5kg 60
Emergency Distress Key Box
Code Height Width Depth Weight Hammer
EUDKC001 150 100 15 5kg YES
EUDKC002 150 100 15 5kg NO
Security Draw with 6 Tray Divider
Code Height Width Depth Weight
EUDCA001 82 296 396 4.5kg
Fixed Hook Key Cabinet
Code Height Width Depth Weight Hooks
EUDKC080 450 340 80 4.2kg 80
EUDKC110 550 395 80 6.0kg 110
EUDKC165 550 395 130 6.3kg 165
EUDKC080 450 340 80 4.2kg 80
EUDKC110 550 395 80 6.0kg 110
EUDKC165 550 395 130 6.3kg 165
EUDKC080 450 340 80 4.2kg 80
EUDKC110 550 395 80 6.0kg 110
EUDKC165 550 395 130 6.3kg 165
EURO RANGE
The Euro High Grade range of cabinets offer the full convenience of
adjustable hook racks, flat anti-force cabinet door and key record
card, whilst the Euro Compact Range offer the same quality of
cabinet with fixed hook positions.
For a budget cabinet, the EUDKC018 and EUDKC054 offers 18 or
54 key hooks in astrong compacted cabinet at a competitive price.
For high security key control the Euro Range of key safe offer the
highest security with digital entry and high impact body.
The digital keypad is battery powered witheasy to operate buttons
and code change options.
Also offered in the Key Security range is our security drawer unit
which will fix under any desk, shelf or cupboard and is supplied
with fixings or our Emergency Door Distress Key Box enabling both
security and safety on doors which must be locked at all times.
High Grade Key Cabinets
3
8
PH-KeyCabinets.qxd 15/2/07 10:21 am Page 1
Key Security Cabinets
Key Control System Clear Fronted Key Cabinets
Padlock Key Cabinets Mobile Key Cabinets
Special Security Key Cabinets
Emergency Key Cabinets
Suppliers of:
15
Section A
9
Mechanical
Digital
Electronic
Locking
Mechanical
Combination
Locking Options
Key Security Cabinets
Tel ephone: 01922 725272 Fax: 01922 720580
Key Control Systems
Code Key Capacity Height Width Depth
KS20 20 Keys 255mm 225mm 80mm
KS30 30 Keys 310mm 225mm 80mm
KS50 50 Keys 350mm 380mm 80mm
KS80 80 Keys 450mm 380mm 80mm
KS100 100 Keys 550mm 380mm 80mm
KS150 150 Keys 550mm 380mm 140mm
KS200 200 keys 550mm 380mm 140mm
KS250 250 Keys 550mm 380mm 205mm
KS300 300 Keys 550mm 380mm 205mm
KS400 400 Keys 550mm 730mm 140mm
KS500 500 Keys 550mm 730mm 205mm
KS600 600 keys 550mm 730mm 205mm
A single Key Security Control System giving quick positive
identication of whereabouts of keys by location, building or
function. Designed to be mounted onto the wall. Sizes 20 key
capacity to 600 key capacity.
Available with either Key, Mechanical Digital,
Mechanical Combination or Electronic Locking options.
Clear Fronted Key Cabinets
A range of cabinets with clear front for use in a controlled environment.
Easy visual check of whereabouts of keys.
Available with Key Locking Option Only.
Code Key Capacity Height Width Depth
KS30VIEW 30 Keys 350mm 380mm 80mm
KS40VIEW 40 Keys 450mm 380mm 80mm
KS50VIEW 50 Keys 550mm 380mm 80mm
Secure Key Contol is a must to maintain the security of any building, vehicle
or area. KeySecure Security Cabinets provide a simple and effective
control over the movements and whereabouts of keys.
Each Cabinet is Supplied Complete with:

Coloured adjustable hook bars with numbered strips which can be


repositioned to suit difcult sizes of key holding.

Strong cylinder lock supplied with 2 keys - alternative locking


options available.

Removable control index which should be removed when cabinet


is unattended making key identication/location impossible.

Colour coded numbered key tags to suit hookbars.


Each key is numbered to ensure no unauthorised
person can identify its location or use.

Durable powder coated nish

Pre-drilled xing holes for wall mounting.

Optional Key Location Tags.


KeySecure cabinets provide effective
key control & security
1
10
Tel ephone: 01922 725272 Fax: 01922 720580
Padlock Key Cabinets
Designed to meet the requirements of the machine industry by securing the
padlocks and keys for isolating switchgear and machinery whilst maintenance is
carried out. Specially spaced adjustable hook bars.
Available with either Key, Mechanical Digital, Mechanical Combination or
Electronic Locking options.
Code Key Capacity Height Width Depth
KS25PAD 25 Keys 350mm 380mm 140mm
KS50PAD 50 Keys 550mm 380mm 140mm
KS100PAD 100 Keys 550mm 730mm 140mm
Mobile Key Cabinets
A range of portable Key Cabinets with carrying handle. Ideal for guarding
companies. Specication is exactly the same as other cabinets in the KeySecure
range.
Available with Key Locking Option Only.
Code Key Capacity Height Width Depth
KS20MOBILE 20 Keys 255mm 225mm 80mm
KS30MOBILE 30 Keys 310mm 225mm 80mm
KS50MOBILE 50 Keys 350mm 380mm 80mm
Special Security Key Cabinets
Designed to meet the highest level of key security. These high security key cabinets
are constructed of 3mm steel plate with 6mm steel door. Locking is by means
of an eight lever double bitted key lock. An alternative keyless combination lock
with 1 million differs can be tted. It is recommended that the unit is recessed
into the wall.
Available with either Key, Mechanical Digital, Mechanical Combination or
Electronic Locking options.
Code Key Capacity Height Width Depth Weight
KS60HS 60 Keys 436mm 460mm 120mm 23kg
KS100HS 100 Keys 636mm 460mm 215mm 29kg
KS150HS 150 Keys 636mm 460mm 200mm 32kg
KS200HS 200 Keys 636mm 460mm 200mm 36kg
Larger Sizes Available - Ring for Details
Emergency Key Cabinets
Designed to house restricted key at locked doors in the case of an emergency.
Solid fronted version also available (KS1SF)
Code Key Capacity Height Width Depth
KS1 1 Key 150mm 125mm 30mm
KS1SF 1 Key 150mm 125mm 30mm
KS2 1 Key 150mm 125mm 30mm
KS1HC 1 Key 150mm 125mm 30mm
KS1GLASS Replacement Glass for Emergency Key Cabinets
KS2S Seals for use with KS2 (packs of 10)
KSHC Hammer & Chain
2
Key Security Cabinets
11
Mechanical
Digital
Electronic
Locking
Mechanical
Combination
Alternative Locking Options
Security / Safety Mirrors - Internal & External
Acrylic mirrors for normal environments & Polycarbonate mirrors
where there is a higher risk of deliberate damage.
Also Available.........
Round Convex Mirrors Convex Trafc Mirrors Hemisphere Mirrors
Please see Section 28 for full details of KeySecure Security & Safety Mirrors
3
Key Security Cabinets
12
Mail Boxes
Budget Range Medium Range Premium Range
Optimum Range Large Capacity Range
Multiple Occupancy Range
15
Suppliers of:
Section B
13
PH-DAD Postboxes 15/2/07 11:30 am Page 2
Mail Boxes
BUDGET RANGE
Bologne

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 235 x 24mm


White 112801
Bronze 112806
Black 112802
Deauville

Model completely in shock resitant polystyrene

Half turn lock

Perspex nameplate

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Drop down door

Suitable for costal weather

Mail slot dimensions: 220 x 28mm (located top & rear).


White 143253
Turin

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 235 x 35mm (located under the roof).
White 112701
Black 112702
Missive

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated

Half turn lock supplied with 2 keys

Mail slot dimensions: 150 x 18mm
Brown 111142
1
14
PH-DAD Postboxes 15/2/07 11:30 am Page 3
Alizee Junior

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated (100% polyester for optimal
weather resistance)

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Mail slot dimensions: 230 x 35mm


White 137180
Black 137183
MEDIUM RANGE
Campagne 4

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 230 x 30mm


(located under the roof at rear).
Green 112473
Black 112483
City 1

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated (100% polyester for optimal weather resistance)

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Anti-theft device

Hinges in stainless steel

Flap in anodised aluminium

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 335 x 30mm
White 216663
City 2

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated (100% polyester for optimal weather resistance)

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Anti-theft device

Hinges in stainless steel

Flap in anodised aluminium

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 230 x 30mm
White 216880 Brown 216672
2
Mail Boxes
15
PH-DAD Postboxes 15/2/07 11:30 am Page 8
DAD Anti-Arson

Made from polyester powder coated steel in white

Supplied with a built in fire extinguisher system with


automatic release in the event of an arson attack

Extinguishes fire on detecting heat in seconds

Spare fire extinguisher tube

Comes supplied with ant-theft baffle

Fits neatly behind standard British letter plate

Mail slot dimensions: 300 x 70mm


White 216820
Bruges

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated (100% polyester for optimal
weather resistance)

Perspex nameplate

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Mail slot dimensions: 340 x 55mm
Black 132732
Green 132734
MEDIUM RANGE
PREMIUM RANGE
Berlin

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated (100% polyester for optimal
weather resistance)

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 320 x 35mm (under the roof)
330 x 30mm (at rear)
White 115302 Burgundy 115326
Picardie 1

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated (100% polyester for optimal
weather resistance)

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 190 x 30mm (under the roof at rear)
White 118472
3
Mail Boxes
16
PH-DAD Postboxes 15/2/07 11:30 am Page 5
PREMIUM RANGE
Iceberg

Satin stainless steel

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 340 x 55mm
Stainless Steel 132745
City 1

Satin stainless steel

Anti-theft device

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 335 x 30mm
Stainless Steel 216666
OPTIMUM RANGE
Bretagne 1

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated (100% polyester for optimal weather resistance)

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 320 x 35mm (located under the roof)
330 30mm (at rear)
White 115352
Brown 115353
Hambourg

Electrogalvanised steel

Powder coated (100% polyester for optimal
weather resistance)

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 390 x 40mm
White 132614
Black 132617
4
Mail Boxes
17
PH-DAD Postboxes 15/2/07 11:30 am Page 6
Dadinox

Satin stainless steel

Drop down door



Anti-theft device

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Suitable for coastal weather



Mail slot dimensions: 250 x 28mm
Stainless Steel 126511
Cannes

Satin stainless steel

Anti-theft device

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 330 x 35mm
Stainless Steel 216851
OPTIMUM RANGE
City 2

Satin stainless steel

Anti-theft device

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Mail slot dimensions: 230 x 30mm
Stainless Steel 216797
Alizee

Satin stainless steel

Security lock supplied with 2 keys

Mail slot dimensions: 230 x 25mm
Stainless Steel 137189
5
Mail Boxes
18
PH-DAD Postboxes 15/2/07 11:30 am Page 7
LARGE CAPACITY
MULTIPLE OCCUPANCY RANGE
Vertys

Body & door made of electrogalvanised steel, powder coated

High security lock c/w stainless steel cam & 2 keys

Perspex nameplate

Stainless steel hinges

Lift up flap in SAA



Mail slot dimensions: 235 x 24mm
White 121401
Brown 121405
2010, 2030, 2040, 2070
Model 2010 2030
Dimensions 2010-1 370 x 110 x 270mm 2030-1 300 x 110 x 385mm
2010-2 370 x 220 x 270mm 2030-2 300 x 220 x 385mm
2010-3 370 x 330 x 270mm 2030-3 300 x 330 x 385mm
Aperture 340 x 30mm 265 x 30mm
Model 2040 2070
Dimensions 2040 270 x 370 x 110mm 2070-1 370 x 330 x 100mm
2070-2 370 x 330 x 150mm
Aperture 235 x 30mm 335 x 30mm
Additional Options: Plain Face, Master Keyed, Engraving & Intercom System
Finishes Available: White (RAL 9016), Brown (RAL 8019), Grey (RAL 7005),
Other RAL Colours to Special Order.
Anodised Aluminium* (Silver, Gold or Bronze),
Stainless Steel (Rust Proof, 10 year guarantee).
*Door & Flap Only
2010 2030 2070
2040
Mail Boxes
6
19
PH-DAD Postboxes 15/2/07 11:30 am Page 4
MULTIPLE OCCUPANCY RANGE
KEY TO MAILBOX SYMBOLS
Mail Boxes
Urban, Metropolitan
Model Urban Metropolitan
Dimensions 350 x 250 x 100mm 350 x 108 x 250mm
Additional Options: Wooden Surround, Master Keyed,
Engraving.
Finishes Available: White (RAL 9016), Brown (RAL 8019),
Grey (RAL 7005), Other RAL Colours to Special Order.
Anodised Aluminium* (Silver, Gold or Bronze),
Stainless Steel (Rust Proof, 10 year guarantee) Urban only.
*Door & Flap Only
Urban Metropolitan
Conforms to
European Norm
Front Delivery/
Front Retrieval
Front Delivery/
Rear Retrieval
For Sea Front
Installations
(Rust Free)
Special
Anti-Arson
Mailboxes
with 1 Years
Guarantee
Mailboxes
with 3 Years
Guarantee
Mailboxes
with 6 Years
Guarantee
Mailboxes
with 10 Years
Guarantee
Can be Mounted
onto a Post
Weather
Resistant
To be Wall Fixed
7
20
PH-DAD Postboxes 15/2/07 11:30 am Page 1
Safes
Underfloor Safes Wall Safes Cupboard Safes
Utility Safes Guest Room Safes
Free Standing Safes
Section
16
Mini Vault Safe Letter Box Safe Medisafe
Electronic
Stanley Hotel/Lap Top Safe
21
PH-Safes.qxd 15/2/07 12:12 pm Page 2
UNDERFLOOR SAFES
Safes
Monaco
Size 1 Code EU MONACO 1
Cash Rating 1,000
H x W x D
229 x 229 x 229
Size 2 Code EU MONACO 2
Cash Rating 1,000
H x W x D
305 x 305 x 305
Brussels
Size 1 Code EU BRUSSELS 1
Cash Rating 2,000
H x W x D
229 x 229 x 229
Size 2 Code EU BRUSSELS 2
Cash Rating 2,000
H x W x D
305 x 305 x 305
Birmingham
Size 1 Code EU BIRMINGHAM 1
Cash Rating 3,000
H x W x D
229 x 229 x 229
Size 2 Code EU BIRMINGHAM 2
Cash Rating 3,000
H x W x D
305 x 305 x 305
Chester
Size 1 Code EU CHESTER 1
Cash Rating 6,000
H x W x D
229 x 229 x 229
Size 2 Code EU CHESTER 2
Cash Rating 6,000
H x W x D
305 x 305 x 305
This model has a square door 200mm x 200mm.
Available in 2 sizes.
Size 2 available with deposit (EU MONACO 2).
This model has a square door 200mm x 200mm.
Available in 2 sizes.
Size 2 available with deposit (EU BRUSSELS 2).
This model has a square door 200mm x 200mm.
Available in 2 sizes.
Size 2 available with deposit (EU BIRMINGHAM 2).
This model has a square door 200mm x 200mm.
Available in 2 sizes.
Size 2 available with deposit (EU CHESTER 2).
GB Security Products
1
Please See Price List for
Details of Euro Economy
Range of Safes
22
PH-Safes.qxd 15/2/07 12:12 pm Page 3
Safes
NEW UTILITY SAFE RANGE
Floorboard Safe
Size 1 Code EU FS100
Cash Rating 1,000
H x W x D
127 x 343 x 203
Size 2 Code EU FS101
Cash Rating 1,000
H x W x D
127 x 343 x 305
M.O.T Safe
Size 1 Code EU MS102
Cash Rating 1,000
H x W x D
127 x 343 x 203
Cupboard Safe
Size 1 Code EU CS104
Cash Rating 1,000
H x W x D
127 x 343 x 203
Size 2 Code EU CS105
Cash Rating 1,000
H x W x D
127 x 343 x 305
Utility Safe
Size 1 Code EU US109
Cash Rating 1,000
H x W x D
305 x 305 x 305
Size 2 Code EU US110
Cash Rating 1,000
H x W x D
306 x 458 x 305
Wall Safe
All Cash Rating 1,000
Size 1 Code EU WS106
H x W x D
123 x 222 x 108
Size 2 Code EU WS107
H x W x D
197 x 222 x 108
Size 3 Code EU WS108
H x W x D
297 x 222 x 108
Designed: To be Secured Between the Floorboard Joists.
Application: Protecting Documents, Small Quantities of Jewellry and other Small Valuables.
Ideal For: Houses, Flats, Apartments etc.
Designed: To be Secured in Cupboards, Cabinets and Wardrobes.
Application: Protecting Documents, Mobile Telephones, Cash & Jewellry.
Ideal For: Houses, Flats, Shops etc.
Designed: To be Secured into a Wall.
Application: Protecting Documents, Small Qantities of Jewellry and Other Small Valuables.
Ideal For: Houses, Flats, Apartments etc.
Designed: To be Secured to a Floor or Wall.
Application: Protecting a variety of Valuable Items Including Cash, Jewellry, Documents etc.
Ideal For: Small Business Premises, Hotels, Garages, Shops etc.
Designed: To be Secured to Floor or Wall.
Application: Protecting Documents, M.O.T Certificates, Stamps etc.
Ideal For: Garages, Small Shops.
Size 2 Code EU MS103
Cash Rating 1,000
H x W x D
127 x 343 x 305
All Safes are British made and constructed from 3mm heavy gauge steel with extra strength 5mm gauge steel doors complete
with a 7 lever key retaining safe lock.
All Safes are fully lined with a green flock to prevent damage to any of the contents.
All Safes are covered with either a 2 year warranty against any manufacturing faults.
2
23
PH-Safes.qxd 15/2/07 12:12 pm Page 4
GUEST ROOM SAFES (Full Range Listed in Price List)
OMEGA SAFES (Full Range Listed in Price List)
Xafe Key Pad Motorised Safe

Motorised automatic door opening.

Guest code 3 to 8 digits.

Hotel master code from 3 to 8 digits.

Closing code (Optional).

Mechanical emergency opening.

Power supply 4 x 1.5v alkaline batteries.

VIRO TRONIC hardware and software.

Mechanical emergency opening.

Power supply 4 x 1.5v alkaline batteries.

VIRO TRONIC hardware and software.

Mechanical emergency opening.

Power supply 4 x 1.5v alkaline batteries.

VIRO TRONIC hardware and software.


Outside Frame Dimensions Door Dimensions Weight
Code H x W x D H x W kg
EU 4531 270 x 375 x 269 175 x 235 11.7
Skelet Key Pad Safe

Guest code 3 to 8 digits.

Hotel master code from 3 to 8 digits.

Closing code (Optional).


Outside Frame Dimensions Door Dimensions Weight
Code H x W x D H x W kg
EU 4.4565 230 x 300 x 200 175 x 235 10.7
Mini Skelet Key Pad Safe

Guest code 3 to 8 digits.

Hotel master code from 3 to 8 digits.

Closing code (Optional).


Outside Frame Dimensions Door Dimensions Weight
Code H x W x D H x W kg
EU 4.4295 160 x 250 x 120 115 x 205 4.5

Concealed hinges

Pre-drilled holes at base and back


Mini Vault Safe

Cost effective security for the home or


small business.

High security double shoot bolt

7 lever double bitted key lock


External Dimensions Internal Dimensions Weight
Code H x W x D H x W x D kg
EU000536 170 x 230 x 170 165 x 225 x 120 4.5

Strong steel construction

Electronic keypad with LCD

Supplied with override keys & batteries


Stanley Hotel Lap Top Safe

Optimum solution for protecting


guests valuables

Easily programmed by guests

Holds most sizes of laptop computers


External Dimensions Internal Dimensions Weight
Code H x W x D H x W x D kg
EU000536 430 x 200 x 350 425 x 195 x 300 28

Superior quality electronic control

Supplied with master override keys &


batteries
Letter Box Safe

Deposit mail / cash through slot


without opeining door

Ideal for shops, factories, offices etc.

Strong steel construction


Outside Frame Dimensions Door Dimensions Weight
Code H x W x D H x W x D kg
EU000538 250 x 350 x 250 340 x 240 x 190 13
3
Safes
VIRO
Cash Rating 2,000
Jewellery 20,000
Cash Rating 2,000
Jewellery 20,000
Cash Rating 1,500
24
PH-Safes.qxd 15/2/07 12:12 pm Page 1
SecureLine Safes
Cash Safes Laptop Safes Wall Safes
Counter Cash Units FireSec Safes Data Safes
Key Cabinets Security Cabinets Cash Boxes
16
Suppliers of:
Section A
25
PH-Secureline 15/2/07 2:36 pm Page 2

Designed for the home or any business environment.

Constructed from a 2.5mm steel body and 5mm solid steel door.

Key or user-friendly electronic PIN lock options available.

Available in three models -Secure Safe, Secure Laptop Safe and Secure Wall Safe.

Recommended cash rating of 1,000.

Comes supplied with a removable shelf and fixing kit as standard.


Secure Laptop Safe
Keylock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty
BL-23K 1801 230 x 450 x 400 225 x 445 x 350 35 18 1
Electronic Lock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty
BL-23E 1800 230 x 450 x 400 225 x 445 x 350 35 18 1
Secure Wall Safe
Keylock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty
BW-23K 2202 230 x 330 x 200 225 x 325 x 150 13 11 1
Secure Safe
for protection of cash, valuables & laptops
Cash Rating 1,000
Jewellery 10,000
Secure Safe
Keylock
Model Part no. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty
B-25K 2300 250 x 350 x 250 245 x 345 x 200 17 14 1
Electronic Lock
Model Part no. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty
B-25E 2301 250 x 350 x 250 245 x 345 x 200 17 14 1
B-25K
B-25E
Model Part No. Lock Length Diameter
LL-K 1700 Key 2000mm 5mm

2m cable that prevents the theft of your laptop/notebook via a built-in micro slot.

Secured with an easy to use snap on lock.Lock allows allows laptop secured quickly and easily
without using the key.

Laptop can only be secured by locking it to immovable and unbreakable objects


(e.g. a desk,table,exhibition stand etc etc).

Lock can be applied to most branded laptops,notebooks and a range of other electrical devices..
Secure Laptop Lock
for protection of your laptop
1
26
PH-Secureline 15/2/07 2:36 pm Page 3
y
ng
ing
Keylock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty
Tl-18K 2400 180 x 310 x 205 170 x 300 x 150 8 12 -
Tl-27K* 2401 270 x 350 x 345 260 x 340 x 290 26 20 1
Tl-32K* 2402 320 x 440 x 395 310 x 430 x 340 46 32 1
Tl-44K 2403 440 x 320 x 395 430 x 310 x 340 46 32 1
Tl-41K 2404 410 x 460 x 395 400 x 450 x 340 62 39 1
Tl-61K 2405 610 x 460 x 395 600 x 450 x 340 93 55 1
Electronic Lock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net KG Qty
Tl-27E 2407 270 x 350 x 345 260 x 340 x 290 26 20 1
Tl-32E* 2408 320 x 440 x 395 310 x 430 x 340 46 32 1
Tl-44E 2409 440 x 320 x 395 430 x 310 x 340 46 32 1
Tl-41E 2410 410 x 460 x 395 400 x 450 x 340 62 39 1
Tl-61E 2411 610 x 460 x 395 600 x 450 x 340 93 55 1

Safes designed to protect cash and valuables (e.g.jewellery, passports and laptops etc) via a built
in micro slot.

Body constructed from 8mm solid steel door and 3mm steel body.

Increased security achieved by hardened steel plate which protects against drilling.

Secured by a double bitted key lock or electronic PIN-code lock.

Equipped with a removable shelf and a fixing kit.

Available in six models.

*Available with deposit slot (TI-27K, TI32K & TI-32E only).


Secure Safe Trend I
for protection of cash and valuables
Keylock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty
Tll-18K 2500 180 x 310 x 205 100 x 230 x 110 3 16 -
Tll-27K 2501 270 x 350 x 345 190 x 270 x 250 13 28 1
Tll-32K 2502 320 x 440 x 395 240 x 360 x 300 26 45 1
Tll-44K 2503 440 x 320 x 395 360 x 240 x 300 26 45 1
Tll-41K 2504 410 x 460 x 395 330 x 380 x 300 38 54 1
Tll-61K 2505 610 x 460 x 395 530 x 380 x 300 60 73 1
Electronic Lock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg
Tll-27E 2507 270 x 350 x 345 190 x 270 x 250 13 28 1
Tll-32E 2508 320 x 440 x 395 240 x 360 x 300 26 45 1
Tll-44E 2509 440 x 320 x 395 360 x 240 x 300 26 45 1
Tll-41E 2510 410 x 460 x 395 330 x 380 x 300 38 54 1
Tll-61E 2511 610 x 460 x 395 530 x 380 x 300 60 73 1

Enhanced version of Safe Trend I with fire protection capabilities.

Double wall construction and an 8mm solid steel door.

Fire protection in accordance with DIN 4102.

Body constructed from 8mm solid steel door and 3mm steel body.

Secured by a double bitted key lock or electronic PIN-code lock.

Equipped with a removable shelf (except model 18) and fixing kit as standard.

Available in six models.


Secure Safe Trend II
for protection of documents, cash and valuables
Cash Rating 1,000
Jewellery 10,000
Cash Rating 3,000
Jewellery 30,000
* Available with
Deposit Slot
170 x 15mm
2
27
PH-Secureline 15/2/07 2:36 pm Page 6

Protects paper documents from the threat of fire.

Tested and certified to NT Fire 017 - 60 Paper & UL 72 Class 350 - 1 Hour Fire & Impact

The Secure Doc safe offers up to 60 minutes fire protection.

Manufactured to ISO 9001 accredited quality assured process.

Keylocking or Electronic Locking on all models.

Available in four sizes with various fittings.

Recommended cash rating of 1500.


Secure Doc Executive
for Fire Protection of Valuables
Keylock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty
PS2-18K 2500 180 x 310 x 205 100 x 230 x 110 3 16 -
PS2-27K 2501 270 x 350 x 345 190 x 270 x 240 13 34 1
PS2-32K 2502 320 x 440 x 395 240 x 360 x 290 26 48 1
PS2-41K 2504 410 x 460 x 395 330 x 380 x 290 37 58 1
PS2-61K 2505 610 x 460 x 395 530 x 380 x 290 60 77 1
Electronic Lock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg
PS2-27E 2507 270 x 350 x 345 190 x 270 x 240 13 34 1
PS2-32E 2508 320 x 440 x 395 240 x 360 x 290 26 48 1
PS2-41E 2510 410 x 460 x 395 330 x 380 x 290 37 58 1
PS2-61E 2511 610 x 460 x 395 530 x 380 x 290 60 77 1
Keylock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf Tray
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty Qty
SDE-30K SL03620 296 x 390 x 320 215 x 310 x 215 15 27 1 -
SDE-36K SL03621 360 x 424 x 458 245 x 325 x 320 25 34 - 1
SDE-52K SL03622 520 x 410 x 445 415 x 305 x 320 41 56 1 1
SDE-76K* SL03623 756 x 555 x 508 515 x 385 x 335 67 130 1 -
Electronic Lock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf Tray
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty Qty
SDE-30E SL03600 296 x 390 x 320 215 x 310 x 215 15 27 1 -
SDE-36E SL03601 360 x 424 x 458 245 x 325 x 320 25 34 - 1
SDE-52E SL03602 520 x 410 x 445 415 x 305 x 320 41 56 1 1
SDE-76E* SL03603 756 x 555 x 508 515 x 385 x 335 67 130 1 -

Enhanced version of Safe Trend I with fire protection capabilities.

Double wall construction and an 8mm solid steel door.

Fire protection in accordance with DIN 4102.

Body constructed from 8mm solid steel door and 3mm steel body.

Secured by a double bitted key lock or electronic PIN-code lock.

Equipped with a removable shelf (except model 18) and fixing kit as standard.
Professional S2 (EN14450)
for protection of cash and valuables
Cash Rating 4,000
Jewellery 40,000
*SDE-76K & SDE-76E come
supplied with 1 drawer (+1 Shelf)
3
28
PH-Secureline 15/2/07 2:36 pm Page 7
Keylock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty
SDI-36K 3820 360 x 424 x 458 150 x 230 x 195 7 44 -
SDI-52K 3821 520 x 410 x 445 320 x 210 x 195 14 71 1
Electronic Lock
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Qty
SDI-36E 3800 360 x 424 x 458 150 x 290 x 195 7 44 -
SDI-52E 3801 520 x 410 x 445 320 x 210 x 195 14 71 1

A dedicated unit to protect your computer media.

Tested and certified to NT Fire 017 60 DIS for data protection.

The Data Safe offers up to 60 minutes fire protection for disks.

Manufactured to ISO 9001 accredited quality assured process.

Secured with a user friendly electronic pin-code lock or security key lock.

Available in two sizes.


Secure DISC
for protection of computer media

Filing cabinets which offer fire protection for documents.

Tested and certified to UL72 Class 350.

Fire resistance of up to 60 minutes.

Constructed from highest specification materials to ensure high quality at all times.

Secured with a high quality cylinder key lock.

Available in two models: 22or 25 version both with either two or four drawers. Smaller model has
two drawers and is designed to fit underneath an office desk.
Secure Business File
for fire protection of hanging files
22 Version
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Storage
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Linear
SB-222D 0800 725 x 450 x 570 290 x 325 x 400 75 118 800
SB-224D 0801 1400 x 450 x 570 290 x 325 x 400 150 206 1600
Frontal A4 / Lateral A4 & Folio
25 Version
Code Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Storage
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg Linear
SB-252D 0900 725 x 530 x 630 290 x 390 x 480 110 139 960
SB-254D 0901 1400 x 530 x 630 290 x 390 x 480 215 248 1920
Frontal A4 & Folio / Lateral A4 & Folio
4
29
PH-Secureline 15/2/07 2:36 pm Page 8
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Capacity
Keylock H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg
PC-14 0100 144 x 408 x 313 79 x 337 x 219 6.5 9 A4 Laying
PC-33 0101 327 x 406 x 313 263 x 309 x 219 18 17 A4 Hanging

Portable fire resistant unit for use at home or in any business environment.

Certified to UL72 Class 350-1/2 HR which means 30 minutes fire protection for your documents
against fire.

Equipped with a latch and secured by a cylinder lock with two keys.

Due to their compact design,coolers can be easily placed in cabinets or safes.


Secure Paper Cooler
for fire protection of documents
Model Part No. External Weight Coin Tray
H x W x D Net Kg Style
CBE-1 1000 75 x 195 x 153 1.3 Euro
CBE-2 1001 75 x 250 x 183 2.0 Euro
CBE-3 1002 75 x 307 x 230 2.4 Euro
CBN-1 1010 75 x 195 x 153 1.3 Universal
CBN-2 1011 75 x 250 x 183 2.0 Universal
CBN-3 1012 75 x 307 x 230 2.4 Universal

Units are constructed from 1.2mm solid steel.

Equipped with a cylinder lock and supplied with two keys.

Available in three sizes and three different colours.

Al models include a removable Euro or universal coin tray.

Larger models also have a removable note tray included, which means that Secure Cashbox can
be used as a general storage box for keeping valuables.
Secure Cashbox
for protection of cash & valuables
Model Part No. External Weight Keys
H x W x D Net Kg Qty
K-20 1100 200 x 160 x 80 1.75 20
K-48 1101 250 x 180 x 80 2.20 48
K-93 1102 300 x 240 x 80 3.00 93

Durable and attractive key cabinet.

Constructed from 1.0mm solid steel and has a durable hinge.

Equipped with a cylinder lock for extra security.

Available in three sizes with storage capacity for 20, 48 or 93 keys.

Comes supplied with two keys,wall fixing kit and a labelling kit.
Secure Key Cabinets
for protection of keys
5
30
PH-Secureline 15/2/07 2:36 pm Page 5
Model Part No. External Volume Weight
H x W x D Litres Net Kg
FBS/1 1900 210 x 350 x 130 6 9

Designed to fit flush with the surrounding floorboards and can be covered by a rug or carpet.

Each safe is constructed from solid steel.

Secured by a double bitted high security keylock.

Available in one size.

Recommended cash rating of 1000.


Floorboard Safe
for protection of cash & valuables
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net Kg
MC-33 0200 333 x 403 x 316 152 x 214 x 127 4.2 30

Portable, compact stand-alone unit that protects all datamedia.

Capacity to hold 42 CD/DVDs (5mm case).

60 minutes for fire protection for disks, tapes and CDs

Tested and certified to UL72 class 125 which means unit offer 60 minutes fire protection.

Secured by a cylinder lock with two keys.

Supplied with transport carriage for portability.

Can be stored in a cabinet, under a desk or even in your car for instance.

Holds up to x21 10mm CD/DVD cases or x42 5mm CD/DVD cases


Secure Media Cooler
for protection of datamedia
Model Part No. External Internal Volume Weight Shelf
H x W x D H x W x D Litres Net KG Qty
SC-Size 1 2100 1000 x 600 x 450 975 x 575 x 400 236 80 3
SC-Size 2 2101 1500 x 900 x 450 1475 x 875 x 400 534 140 4
SC-Size 3 2102 1900 x 900 x 450 1875 x 875 x 400 680 225 4
SC-Size 4 2103 1900 x 1220 x 450 1875 x 1195 x 400 920 275 4

High specification cabinet that can be used to a wide range of bulky valuable items (e.g. mobile
phones, cigarettes etc).

Body constructed from 4mm solid steel plate.

Secured by a double bitted high security key lock

Equipped with removable shelves as standard.

Anchoring points in the base allow the cabinet to be anchored to the floor

Available in four sizes with either a double or single door


Secure Cabinet
for protection of documents & valuables
6
31
PH-Secureline 15/2/07 2:36 pm Page 4
x350 Bank Notes
Model Part No. External Weight Note Capacity
H x W x D Net Kg Qty
CU-350 1200 235 x 105 x 190 2,4 x350

Protects up to 350 banknotes at the tillpoint.

Contructed from solid steel sheet secured by a special locking mechanism.

Secured by two cylinder key locks.

Units fixed by four screws underneath the counter.

Emptying can be done easily when unlocking the storage unit.

Will complement your retail environment in colour, design and size.


Secure Counter Safe
for secure storage of banknotes under counters
Approved Stockist Point-of-Sale Material
The Seceureline Chubb Safe Range has a range of Point Of Sale material which
has been designed for the Stockist or Secureline Chubb Safe Centre who stocks a
range of Secureline products and includes the following display material.

Window Display

Merchandiser Header

Telephone Stickers

Selection of Secureline Product Displays

Individual Product Group Leaflets

Euro Catalogue
7
32
PH-Secureline 15/2/07 2:36 pm Page 1
Key Safes & Accessories
GE KeySafe - Slimline, Permanent, S7 Big Box,
Portable, J5 Over the Door
Stor-A-Key, Locking Stor-A-Key
TouchPoint - Cam Lock GE Security Key Cabinets
GE KeySafe - Accessories/Merchandising
Suppliers of:
16
Section B
33
GE KeySafe

- Slimline
Supra Key Safes from
Features

Easy to Install

Quick Change Push-Button Combination

Manual Operation

No Maintenance

No Power Source Required


Code Packaging Colour Description
001324(EU) Reshipper Titanium Slimline GE KeySafe with Cover
001004 Clampacked Titanium Slimline GE KeySafe
001454 Clampacked Black Cover for Slimline
See Page 4 for Accessories
Slimline Specications
External Size 4.5" x 2.25" x 1.5" (H x W x D)
Internal Size 3" x 1.5" x 0.75" (H x W x D)
Weight 750g
Warranty 24 months
The Slimline GE KeySafe stores 2-3 yale keys or 1 chubb key and is supplied
with a black neoprene cover (product code 001454) to protect the GE KeySafe
from the elements and hide it away from view.
Supplied with a fixing kit (product code S5/S6-FK) and full instructions.
Manufactured from corrosion resistant zinc alloy.
Features

Easy to Install

Quick Change Push-Button Combination

Manual Operation

No Maintenance

No Power Source Required


Code Packaging Colour Description
001409(EU) Reshipper Clay Permanent GE KeySafe with Cover
001001 Clampacked Clay Permanent GE KeySafe
409-COV Loose Black Cover for Permanent
See Page 4 for Accessories
The Permanent GE KeySafe stores 4-5 yale keys or 1-2 chubb keys and is
supplied with a black neoprene cover (product code 409-COV) to protect the GE
KeySafe from the elements and hide it away from view.
Supplied with a xing kit (product code S5/S6-FK) and full instructions.
Manufactured from corrosion resistant zinc alloy.
GE KeySafe

- Permanent
Features

Easy to Install

Quick Change Push-Button Combination

Manual Operation

No Maintenance

No Power Source Required


Code Packaging Colour Description
001267(EU) Reshipper Black S7 Big Box GE KeySafe with Cover
See Page 4 for Accessories
The S7 Big Box GE KeySafe stores a multitud of keys and is supplied with a
black neoprene cover (product code 001509) to protect the GE KeySafe from
the elements and hide it away from view.
Supplied with a fixing kit (product code S7-FK) and full instructions.
Manufactured from corrosion resistant zinc alloy.
GE KeySafe

- S7 Big Box
Permanent Specications
External Size 4.25" x 2.25" x 2" (H x W x D)
Internal Size 2.75" x 1.5" x 1.25" (H x W x D)
Weight 900g
Warranty 24 months
S7 Big Box Specications
External Size 4.75" x 3.55" x 2.5" (H x W x D)
Internal Size 3.75" x 2.25" x 1.75" (H x W x D)
Weight 1700g
Warranty 24 months
1
34
GE KeySafe

- Portable
Features

Easy to Install

Quick Change Push-Button Combination

Manual Operation

No Maintenance

No Power Source Required


Code Packaging Colour Description
001025 Reshipper Clay/Black Portable GE KeySafe with Cover
See Page 4 for Accessories
The Portable GE KeySafe stores 2 yale keys and is supplied with a black
neoprene cover (product code 001444) to protect the GE KeySafe from the
elements and hide it away from view.
The Portable hangs easily on any door knob, gate, fence, railing or pipe. You
simply enter the code, remove the lid, lift the shackle and hang.
Manufactured from corrosion resistant zinc alloy.
Features

Easy to Install

Quick Change Push-Button Combination

Manual Operation

No Maintenance

No Power Source Required


Code Packaging Colour Description
001017 Reshipper Titanium J5 Over the Door GE KeySafe with Cover
See Page 4 for Accessories
The J5 Over the Door GE KeySafe stores 4-5 yale keys or 1-2 chubb keys and
is supplied with a black neoprene cover (product code 409-COV) to protect the
GE KeySafe from the elements and hide it away from view.
The J5 Over the Door simply slips over the top of the door and is kept in place by
closing the door. A strengthened bracket is available (see accessories).
Manufactured from corrosion resistant zinc alloy.
GE KeySafe

- J5 Over the Door


Code Packaging Colour Description
001843 Clampacked Charcoal Stor-A-Key
Key case with powerful magnet attaches to almost any clean surface. Stor-A-Key
can be used for emergency access to vehicle or house keys.
Weather resistant plastic will not rust.
Foam insert and strap keeps key in place.
Stor-A-Key

Portable Specications
External Size 6" x 2.5" x 1.75" (H x W x D)
Internal Size 2.5" x 1.5" x 0.75" (H x W x D)
Weight 750g
Warranty 24 months
J5 Over the Door Specications
External Size 4.25" x 2.25" x 2" (H x W x D)
Internal Size 2.75" x 1.5" x 1.25" (H x W x D)
Weight 900g
Warranty 24 months
Code Packaging Colour Description
001844 Clampacked Charcoal Locking Stor-A-Key
001859 Reshipper Charcoal Locking Stor-A-Key
Locking key case with re-settable combination and powerful magnet. Spare key
storage for auto home, boat, ofce les, etc.
Attach Locking Stor-A-Key anywhere using magnet or adhesive metal plate
(included). Easy Key retrieval and foam insert keep key from falling out.
Equipped with anchor point for strap or cable tie. Foam insert and strap keeps
key in place.
Locking
Stor-A-Key

Supra Key Safes from


2
35
TouchPoint

- Cam Lock
Supra Key Safes from
Code Packaging Colour Description
001773 Reshipper Titanium TouchPoint Cam lock
001798 Reshipper Clay TouchPoint Cam lock
TouchPoint is designed to replace a standard cam lock in a variety of storage cabinets
or enclosures. It consists of a solid die cast body with a ten-digit changeable combination
and a clutch mechanism to turn the cam.
The TouchPoint lock can be mounted on top of the door surface or ush mounted into
the door. With the TouchPoint pushbutton cam lock, manufacturers and locksmiths
can add their own easy-to-secure medicine chests, gun boxes, liquor cabinets, home
entertainment units, courier pick-up boxes, tool chests, display cases, supply cabinets,
petty cash drawers and other storage enclosures, bringing new value-added solutions to
the market .
Features

Instant Access

Clutch Mechanism Protects


from Forced Entry

Never Re-Key Locks Again

Keys Can Hang Directly


on Hooks
Code Packaging Colour Description
001795 Reshipper Clay 30 Key Security Key Cabinet with GE TouchPoint Lock
001796 Reshipper Clay 60 Key Security Key Cabinet with GE TouchPoint Lock
001797 Reshipper Clay 120 Key Security Key Cabinet with GE TouchPoint Lock
Available in two locking nishes, The GE Scurity Key Cabinets combine convenience and
security.
The patented TouchPoint pushbuttons lock entry code can be changed as often as you
like to over a thousand different combinations.
GE Security Key Cabinets
Code Description Colour Manufactured from
001454 Slimline Cover Black Heavy Duty Neoprene Rubber
409-COV Permanent Cover Black Heavy Duty Neoprene Rubber
001444 Portable Cover Black Heavy Duty Neoprene Rubber
001509 S7 Big Box Cover Black Heavy Duty Neoprene Rubber
S5/ S6-FK Fixing Kit Dynabolts Brass -
S7-FK Fixing Kit Dynabolts Brass -
ATP01 Anti Tamper Plate Chrome -
43728-00 Counter Mat - -
069-001 J5 Strengthened Bracket - -
001222 Try me - -
GE Security Key Cabinet Specications
Dimensions 001795 299 x 200 x 60mm (H x W x D)
Dimensions 001796 498 x 340 x 102mm (H x W x D)
Dimensions 001797 498 x 340 x 102mm (H x W x D)
GE KeySafe

- Accessories/ Merchandising
3
36
Cam Locks &
Garage Door Handles
Cam Locks L & F Handles T & L Handles
L & F Locker Locks L & F Safe Lock
Section
17
37
PH-Cam Locks 19/2/07 10:18 am Page 4
CAM LOCK RANGE
11mm Camlock
Round face
11mm Camlock
Square face
16mm Camlock
Round face
16mm Camlock
Square face
20mm Camlock
Round face
20mm Camlock
Square face
22mm, 27mm & 32mm
Camlocks
Cam Locks
Baton 92 Series
Code Size Type
EU 92 CAM 11MM 11mm NUT KD
EU 92 CAM 16MM 16mm NUT KD
EU 92 CAM 16MM KA 16mm NUT KA
EU 92 CAM 20MM 20mm NUT KD
EU 92 CAM 20MM KA 20mm NUT KA
EU 92 CAM 20MM 20mm Snap KD
EU 92 CAM 20MM KA 20mm Snap KA
EU 92 CAM 22MM 22mm NUT KD
EU 92 CAM 22MM KA 22mm NUT KA
EU 92 CAM 27MM 27mm NUT KD
EU 92 CAM 27MM KA 27mm NUT KA
EU 92 CAM 32MM 32mm NUT KD
EU 92 CAM 32MM KA 32mm NUT KA
EU 92 KEYBLANK 92 Series Keyblanks
Baton 95 Series (Mastered)
Code Size Type
EU 95 CAM 11MM 16mm
EU 95 CAM 20MM 20mm
EU 95 CAM 27MM 27mm
EU 95 KEYBLANKS 95 Series Keyblanks
Measure Cam Lock from behind the
head to the inside face of the cam
Cam is measured as X
above, centre of nut to ede
of cam (inside hook of cam).
Variations of body length
obtained by using a cranked
cam.
20
X
The new Lowe & Fletcher combination lock: a simple yet highly effective
solution, making key loss problems a thing of the past.
Featuring industry standard cams and door piercing dimensions, the Lowe &
Fletcher combination lock can significantly reduce installation times for both
new build and aftermarket applications.
LOWE & FLETCHER
Combination Lock
Manufactured in the UK.
Made from all metal components with chrome plated body and dial.
Industry standard door piercing. 1,000 combinations.
3 digit code. Override key facility.
Clearly visible numbers, easy to view from top and front.
Heavily Serrated dial for easier grip
Locks available to order in a variety of combination sets and master key
sets to suit all installations.
1
38
PH-Cam Locks 19/2/07 10:18 am Page 1
GARAGE DOOR HANDLES
LOWE & FLETCHER LOCKER LOCKS & SAFE LOCKS
EU1601-01 T Handle
EU1602-01 L Handle
EU1616 Handle EU1638-01 T Handle EU1613 Internal Handle
EU2201 ZA 6mm
Locker Lock
EU2303 ZA 6mm
Locker Lock Spring Bolt
EU5880 22mm Rim Lock EU0013-01 Spanner Lock EU2802 Safe Lock
Garage Door HAndles
Code Description
EU1601-01 T Handle Bright Chrome Finish
EU1602-01 L Handle Bright Chrome Finish
EU1638-01 T Handle Bright Chrome Finish
EU1616 Garage Door Handle Square Spindle
Silver or Black Finish
EU1613 Garage Door Handle Diamond Spindle
Silver or Black Finish
EU1632 Internal Garage Door Handle Self Colour
Lowe & Fletcher Locker & Safe Locks
EU2201 7 Lever Deadbolt Rim Lock 6.7mm Cylinder
EU2303 7 Lever Springbolt Rim Lock 6.7mm Cylinder
EU5880 Rim Lock Black Finish
EU0013-01 Triangular Spanner Lock Bright Chrome Finish
EU2802 7 Lever Safe Lock with 3 Way Keyhole
Also Available
EU2207 ZG 16mm Locker Lock
EU2210 ZL 22mm Locker Lock
EU2211 ZL 28mm Locker Lock
EUTR01 Small Triangular Key
Garage Door Handles
Rim & Safe Locks
2
39
PH-Cam Locks 19/2/07 10:18 am Page 2
3
CL1000 ELECTRONIC CABINET LOCK
Fit in schools, hospitals, care homes, nursery's,
offices, workplace
Simple 5 button keypad
All codes are 4 digits long
Battery power
All parts/fixing/templates included
Operating Instructions included
Silver Grey finish
Cabinet Locks
The New Codelocks Cabinet Lock opens up the possibilities
for electronic access control. This simple electronic lock is an
easy quick retrofit for cam locks supplied as standard on a
wide range of lockers, cabinets and cupboards. It can easily
be fitted to lockers or cabinets, which dont have a locking
device already fitted, giving the user immediate and simple
keypad access without the need for keys.
NEW
40
PH-Cam Locks 19/2/07 10:18 am Page 3
Cabinet Locks
Suppliers of
17
Section A

Straight Cupboard Locks



Cut Cupboard Locks

Till / Drawer Locks



Box Locks
41
PH-Cabinet Locks 19/2/07 12:07 pm Page 2
Cabinet Locks
STRAIGHT CUPBOARD LOCK 4 LEVER No. 51
Brass Straight Cupboard Lock
4 Levers
12 Differs
Double Handed
Dimensions 1
5
/8 x
15
/16 (41mm x 23mm) Distance to Pin:
7
/16 (11mm)
2 x 1
1
/8 (51mm x 28mm) Distance to Pin:
9
/16 (14mm)
2
1
/2 x 1
7
/16 (63mm x 36mm) Distance to Pin:
11
/16 (17mm)
3 x 1
9
/16 (76mm x 40mm) Distance to Pin:
13
/16 (20mm)
STRAIGHT CUPBOARD LOCKS
STRAIGHT CUPBOARD LOCK No. 36
Brass Straight Cupboard Lock
1 Lever: No Differs
2 Lever: 6 Differs
Double Handed
Dimensions 1
1
/2 x
15
/16 (38mm x 23mm) Distance to Pin:
7
/16 (11mm)
2 x 1
3
/16 (51mm x 29mm) Distance to Pin:
9
/16 (14mm)
2
1
/2 x 1
1
/2 (63mm x 37mm) Distance to Pin:
11
/16 (18mm)
3 x 1
1
/2 (76mm x 37mm) Distance to Pin:
11
/16 (18mm)
STRAIGHT CUPBOARD LOCK No. 100
Brass Straight Cupboard Lock
Tumbler Action
No Differs
Double Handed; Two Way Keyhole
Dimensions 1
1
/2 x
13
/16 (38mm x 21mm) Distance to Pin:
7
/16 (10mm)
2 x 1 (51mm x 26mm) Distance to Pin:
1
/2 (13mm)
2
1
/2 x 1
1
/4 (63mm x 32mm) Distance to Pin:
5
/8 (16mm)
3 x 1
1
/2 (76mm x 38mm) Distance to Pin:
3
/4 (19mm)
STEEL STRAIGHT CUPBOARD LOCK No. 145, 150, 155
Steel Straight Cupboard Lock
Tumbler Action; No Differs
Double Handed
Self Colour (illustrated) or Black Japanned
Dimensions
145 2
1
/4 x 1
5
/16 (56mm x 33mm) Distance to Pin:
5
/8 (16mm)
150 2
5
/8 x 1
5
/8 (66mm x 41mm) Distance to Pin:
13
/16 (21mm)
150 3 x 1
5
/8 (78mm x 41mm) Distance to Pin:
13
/16 (21mm)
155 3 x 2
1
/8 (78mm x 55mm) Distance to Pin: 1
1
/16 (27mm)
155 3
1
/2 x 2
1
/8 (89mm x 55mm) Distance to Pin: 1
1
/16 (27mm)
155 4 x 2
1
/8 (102mm x 55mm) Distance to Pin: 1
1
/16 (27mm)
No.
36
No.
100
No.
145
No.
150
No.
155
No.
51
1
42
PH-Cabinet Locks 19/2/07 12:07 pm Page 3
Cabinet Locks
CUT CUPBOARD LOCKS
TILL / DRAWER LOCKS
CUT CUPBOARD LOCK 4 LEVER No. 61
Brass Cut Cupboard Lock
4 Levers; 2 Way Keyhole
12 Differs
Left Hand (Illustrated) or Right Hand
Dimensions 1
1
/2 x 1
1
/16 (38mm x 26mm) Distance to Pin:
1
/2 (13mm)
2 x 1
3
/16 (51mm x 30mm) Distance to Pin:
1
/2 (13mm)
2
1
/2 x 1
1
/2 (63mm x 38mm) Distance to Pin:
5
/8 (16mm)
3 x 1
11
/16 (76mm x 42mm) Distance to Pin:
3
/4 (19mm)
CUT CUPBOARD LOCK No. 20C (Iron Cap)
Brass Cut Cupboard Lock
1 or 2 Levers; 2 Way Keyhole
To Pass / Keyed Alike
Left Hand (Illustrated) or Right Hand
Dimensions 1
1
/2 x 1
1
/8 (38mm x 28mm) Distance to Pin:
1
/2 (13mm)
2 x 1
1
/8 (51mm x 28mm) Distance to Pin:
1
/2 (13mm)
2
1
/2 x 1
5
/16 (63mm x 34mm) Distance to Pin:
5
/8 (16mm)
3 x 1
1
/2 (76mm x 38mm) Distance to Pin:
11
/16 (17mm)
TILL LOCK 4 LEVER No. 41
Brass Till / Drawer Lock
4 Levers
12 Differs
Dimensions 1
1
/2 x 1
3
/16 (38mm x 30mm) Distance to Pin:
1
/2 (13mm)
2 x 1
1
/2 (51mm x 38mm) Distance to Pin:
5
/8 (13mm)
2
1
/2 x 1
7
/8 (63mm x 48mm) Distance to Pin:
3
/4 (16mm)
2
3
/4 x 1
7
/8 (70mm x 48mm) Distance to Pin:
3
/4 (16mm)
3 x 1
7
/8 (76mm x 48mm) Distance to Pin:
3
/4 (17mm)
TILL LOCK No. 20T (Iron Cap)
Brass Till / Drawer Lock
1 or 2 Levers
To Pass or Keyed Alike
Two Way Keyhole
Dimensions 1
1
/2 x 1
1
/4 (38mm x 32mm) Distance to Pin:
1
/2 (13mm)
2 x 1
1
/2 (51mm x 38mm) Distance to Pin:
5
/8 (16mm)
2
1
/2 x 1
7
/8 (63mm x 48mm) Distance to Pin:
3
/4 (19mm)
3 x 1
7
/8 (76mm x 48mm) Distance to Pin:
3
/4 (19mm)
No.
20C
No.
41
No.
20T
No.
16
2
43
PH-Cabinet Locks 19/2/07 12:07 pm Page 4
BOX LOCK 4 LEVER No. 48
Brass Box Lock
4 Levers
12 Differs
Supplied with Link
Dimensions 1
1
/2 x 1
1
/16 (38mm x 27mm) Distance to Pin:
5
/8 (17mm)
2 x 1
3
/16 (51mm x 30mm) Distance to Pin:
3
/4 (19mm)
2
1
/2 x 1
1
/2 (63mm x 38mm) Distance to Pin:
7
/8 (22mm)
3 x 1
11
/16 (76mm x 42mm) Distance to Pin: 1 (26mm)
BOX LOCKS
BOX LOCK No. 20B
Brass Box Lock
1 or 2 Levers
To Pass / Keyed Alike
Supplied with Link
Dimensions 1
1
/2 x 1 (38mm x 25mm) Distance to Pin:
5
/8 (16mm)
2 x 1
1
/4 (51mm x 31mm) Distance to Pin:
3
/4 (18mm)
2
1
/2 x 1
3
/8 (63mm x 35mm) Distance to Pin:
7
/8 (21mm)
3 x 1
9
/16 (76mm x 40mm) Distance to Pin: 1 (23mm)
No.
20B
No.
48
3
Cabinet Locks
44
PH-Cabinet Locks 19/2/07 12:07 pm Page 1
Car Parking Posts
Telescopic Security Post Telescopic Caravan Post
Removable Post Security Parking Post
Hinged Lockable Parking Post Folding Parking Post
Section
18
45
PH-Car Park Posts.qxd 19/2/07 11:06 am Page 2
Car Parking Posts
ROTAPOST RANGE
SDRT Telescopic Security Post
The ROTAPOST telescopic security post is constructed from heavy duty 4mm thick steel tube. The post is finished in bright zinc
plate giving a protection of 500 salt spray hours. The ROTAPOST is very simple to fit and use with its easy twist to lock action
and comes with a heavy duty armoured padlock. When the post is locked in its upright position the hasp is completely concealed
to give maximum protection. When the post is in its closed position it sits flush with the ground. The telescopic post offers
valuable extra security to both residential and commercial properties and acts as a visual deterrent against theft of your vehicles.
The ROTAPOST also deters illegal parking.
440mm above ground extended height / 655mm below ground with 4mm dia RHS section extended part. With 500 salt spray
hours protected zinc plating. Weight 14 kg approx hardened padlock included .
Code EU SDRT
SDCT Telescopic Caravan Post
Your caravan and trailer can now be secured using the brand new telescopic caravan and trailer post. This unique post
utilises the ROTAPOST twist to lock system and is designed to be used with or without the new ROTAPOST hitch lock.
ROTAPOST have designed this new heavy duty post to work in conjunction with most integral hitch locks now available on
some factory fitted caravans and trailers. The heavy duty 4mm thick steel tube and 500 hours salt spray testing gives this
post added protection against corrosion. With its unique locking system the post allows the user to fix a chain or cable for
extra security if a ROTAPOST hitch lock is not fitted.
Weight 13 kg approx 4mm thick steel. Height above ground 540mm / below 685mm
Code EU SDCT
SDHL Telescopic Caravan Hitch Lock
The ROTAPOST hitch lock is made from 4mm thick formed and welded steel plate. It fits the most common hitches and
your caravan or trailer is effectively returned to ground making this hitch lock and post combination probably the best and
most effective on the market. Padlock Included.
Weight 14 kg zinc plating as above. 4mm thick hardened padlock included .
Code EU SDHL
SDMB Telescopic Ground Anchor
The Telescopic ground anchor utilises the twist to lock system and is designed to give a highly visible and effective deter-
rent when securing your valuable garaged items. The heavy duty steel tube with the telescopic anchoring point allows a
wide range of chains or steel cables to be attached and enables the user to secure motorbikes, bicycles, lawnmowers etc.
It can be used indoors or outdoors due to its robust design and quality finish.
Weight 7 kg approx zinc plating as above. 60mm dia hole / above ground 110mm/below ground 295mm.
Code EU SDMB
SDRP Removable Post / SDFP Fixed Post
The Rotapost Removable & Fixed Posts offers a visible protection and deterrent against possible theft of your car, access
to your garage or allocated parking space, The post is made from 3 thick steel and 3mm thick .It stands 650mm above
ground and is securely fitted into the base mechanism concreted into the ground 250mm.
Finished in a zinc coating with 500 salt spray hours protection system.
SDRP 3mm thick 9 kg approx zinc plating as above.
Below ground 210mm / above ground 636mm complete with padlock tri circle brand.
SDFP 4ft high / plate on base with 4 drilled holes for bolt down zinc plate as above.
Weight 9 kg approx
Code EU SDFP / EU SDRP
1
46
PH-Car Park Posts.qxd 19/2/07 11:06 am Page 3
Hinged Lockable Parking Post
Designed for the reservation of individual car park bays. When erected the post prevents unauthorised access and
provides control without the need for supervision. Only the authorised users key will release the locking mechanism,
allowing the post to be lowered and thus enabling the vehicle to pass over it. In some situations it is possible to site
the post so that it can be re-erected when the space is occupied, thereby acting as an added vehicle theft deterrent.
The hinged lockable post features an integral cylinder lock and a totally enclosed locking mechanism. To erect,
simply raise the post to the vertical position and apply a moderate downward pressure to the top of the post. This
will secure the post within the base plate recess. The key is not required to lock the post. To lower, release the
locking mechanism with the key and lower the post. The post is lockable in the up and down position.
Specification
Internally spring assisted. Height 750mm.
Tubular body 64mm o.d. Mild steel tube, galvanised. Wall thickness = 3.2mm.
Base plate of cast SG iron. Two bolt holes 18mm diameter (for 16mm bolts) at 152mm centres.
Overall base dimension 203 x 102mm.
Weather cap of black polypropylene, snap fit & rivetted on.
Lock of non-ferrous metals, rust-free. WD 40 or similar recommended for occasional maintenance.
Car Parking Posts
Code EUAU 300-001
AUTOPA LOCKS
Hinged TOPLOK Parking Post
Similar in design and use to the hinged lockable post. The TOPLOK post does not have an integral cylinder
lock or spring assistance, but requires a padlock to be located on the locking rod which protrudes through
the weather cap. The locking rod features two holes; the lower hole is for locating a padlock when the post
is in the vertical position and thereby locking the post upright. The upper hole is for safely and conveniently
retaining the padlock when the post is in the lowered position.
Specification
Height 750mm. Wall thickness 3.2mm. Tubular body 64mm o.d.
Baseplate of cast SG iron, galvanised, with 2 bolt holes 18mm
diameter for 16mm bolts. Bolt holes are at centres of 152mm.
Black polypropylene weather cap. All galvanised.
Code EUAU 300-301
Hinged Lockable Parking Post with Type B Adaptor (Used by Emergency Services)
Similar to the hinged lockable post but the type B includes an extended hinge pin (called a type B adaptor) to allow a padlock to
be fixed at the bottom of the post. When the padlock and adaptor are removed, the whole tubular section of the post can be lifted
out (ensure post is in locked position before removing adaptor). Confer with your local fire brigade or council planning office to
ascertain the type of lock they recommend usually a type FB padlock.
Code EUAU 300-010 CAM
Removable Car Post
Forms a rigid barrier when positioned. It is used to exclude the access of all but emergency and service vehicles from traffic free
zones and to prevent unauthorised access. Commonly found where access is only occasionally required, or required during
daytime so posts can be locked in at night time. To remove the post the padlock (available extra) is unlocked, the pin is disengaged
from the locking bracket on the underside of the ground plate, and the post can then be lifted out. Once clear, the flap closes flush
with the ground leaving no projections or unprotected holes.
Specification
Mild steel tube 76mm o.d, wall thickness 3.65mm.
914mm above ground. Socket depth 267mm. Top of socket = 152x 160mm
Ground socket & flap of cast SG iron giving high impact resistance, all galvanized.
Retaining pin of zinc plated mild steel. Flap hinge pin of zinc plated mild steel.
Weather cap of black polypropylene.
Steel all galvanized.
*
Eyelets and chain shown here are additional extras.
Code EUAU 100-601
2
47
PH-Car Park Posts.qxd 19/2/07 11:06 am Page 8
Car Parking Posts
Stealth Integrated Post
For reserving individual parking bays as
well as controlling common access points
for smaller car parks and low use access
areas. The stealth post also offers a
deterrent to car theft when locked
upright, and extra security for car parks
in general. Fitting flush with the ground,
when down, the posts provide no
obstruction to vehicles or pedestrians.
The hinged lid lowers down to safely
cover the excavated hole when in both
the up and the down position.
Specification
Overall dimensions: 835mm x 220mm x 95mm
deep.
Heavy duty chequered steel lid between
6.0-8.5mm thick.
Steel case 3.2mm thick.
Post diameter 64mm mild steel tube, 660mm
above ground.
Black polypropylene cap.
Spring loaded mechanism.
Integral lock supplied with 2 keys.
Total weight 18kg. Lift up weight 4kg.
Finishes
Standard finish is galvanised to
BS EN ISO 1461 (1999)
Coloured options are available in painted
finishes.
Powder coated options also offered.
Installation
Excavate a hole approximately 95mm
deep x 1150mm long x 450mm wide.
Ensure top lid is level with the ground.
Base should sit on concrete, but allow for
drainage out of the base by drilling
through.
Ensure there are no irregularities directly
below the post or the base plate, and
ensure that the base plate recess is not
blocked in anyway, particularly by
cement, gravel or debris - this may result
in faulty operation if not adhered to.
Lay concrete around the outside of the
unit up to ground level.
(Not suitable for heavily used areas nor
for HGV use)
Code EUAU300-401
AUTOPA LOCKS
3
48
PH-Car Park Posts.qxd 19/2/07 11:06 am Page 5
Car Parking Posts
Manual Arm Barrier
Specification
Steel pivot post 120 x 120 x 5mm mild steel.
End catch post 50 x 50 x 4mm mild steel.
Finish Galvanised and painted red
Height 1.0m to underside of boom
Boom:- Up to 7.0m length, made of rectangular aluminium section, 76mm x 38mm,
3.2mm thick, finished in white with red class 2 reflective tape.
Boom weight 2.0kg per metre.
3 metre barrier Code EUAU 138106330
4 metre barrier Code EUAU 138106340
5 metre barrier Code EUAU 138106350
6 metre barrier Code EUAU 138106360
7 metre barrier Code EUAU 138106370
Catch post/arm rest Code EUAU 138106380
Measurements from flange front to end of boom.
Requires 4 qty 16mm bolts for main pivot post. Main base size 400 x 400 x 10mm
steel.
4 qty 12mm bolts required for catch post. Catch post adjustable to 70mm.
Lockable in raised and lowered position by padlock (available extra). Padlock can fit
at either end. Skirt option available.
Installation
Recommended concrete foundation 600x600x500mm deep minimum for main post.
Catch post foundation 300mm cube. Also available with ragged end for casting into
ground.
Base plate for manual
arm barrier
Base plate for End Catch
post for manual arm barrier
and swing gate
One-way traffic flow control plate.
To restrict traffic flow to one direction only by preventing/deterring traffic from going the wrong
way over the plates.
Can be used in conjunction with AUTOPA arm barriers, gates etc.
Specification
Heavy duty steel box 300 x 200 x 200mm deep.
Flap and top of heavy duty steel plate 12.5mm thick.
Heavy duty hinge diameter 19mm.
Total weight 15kg.
Code EUAU138106400
Finishes
All galvanised to BS EN IS01461 (1999) Top plate and flap are painted yellow.
Installation
Typically 6 no. required for road width of 3m.
8 no. required for 4m road width. 11 no. required for 5m road width.
13 no. required for 6m road width.
Positioning of the plates should be such that vehicles should only approach the plates head on,
and not at an angle.
Suitable road signs should be erected to advise road users that plates are in use, advising of
slow speed limit.
Good street illumination should be used to ensure good visibility.
HGVs should not be permitted access over the plates.
Excavate hole 600 x 500 x 200mm deep.
Allow for drainage immediately below the base.
Ensure cement does not ingress in to the box.
Ensure top plate is level with the ground or marginally above (10mm maximum).
Lay concrete around the unit to level with surrounding ground.
Leave to properly cure before using.
Road warning signs are available.
4
49
PH-Car Park Posts.qxd 19/2/07 11:06 am Page 6
Car Parking Posts
A highly effective means of controlling traffic speeds

The modular system is formed from black and bright yellow segments
made from heavy duty recycled PVC.

White reflectors in each segment, excellent night time and bad weather
visibility.

Both ends and inners are available in black and yellow.

Quick and easy to install, by just one person with a drill and spanner.

All segments are sold separately.

Ramps of any length can be formed simply by combining


modular sections.
50mm high slows to 10mph
75mm high slows to 5mph Code EU ????
Incorporating a cable/hose recess
Will withstand 40 tonne HGVs
Speed ramp components
Fixing the ramp in position
Components conect with
dog bone fixing
Completed speed ramp
50mm high inner segments
Weight 8.0kg
Length 500mm
Width 420mm
EUAU 109-010 Black
EUAU 109-015 Yellow
75mm high inner segments
Weight 13.0kg
Length 500mm
Width 420mm
EUAU 109-060 Black
EUAU 109-065 Yellow
50mm high shoulder pieces
Weight 2.2kg
Length 210mm
Width 420mm
EUAU 109-000 Black
EUAU 109-005 Yellow
75mm high shoulder pieces
Weight 3.2kg
Length 210mm
Width 420mm
EUAU 109-050 Black
EUAU 109-055 Yellow
With Shoulders
Without Shoulders
(eg. kerb to kerb)
Inner Inner Shoulder Shoulder Inner Inner
(yellow) (black) (yellow) (black) (yellow) (black)
2.5m 2 2 1 1 3 2
3.0m 3 2 - 2 3 3
3.5m 3 3 1 1 4 3
4.0m 4 3 - 2 4 4
4.5m 4 4 1 1 5 4
5.0m 5 4 - 2 5 5
5.5m 5 5 1 1 6 5
6.0m 6 5 - 2 6 6
Overall
length
of
Ramp
SPEEED RAMPS
5
50
PH-Car Park Posts.qxd 19/2/07 11:06 am Page 7
Car Parking Posts
OTHER AUTOPA PRODUCT RANGES
Ornamental Bollards
Both ornamental and plain
bollards are available in steel/cast
iron. Diameters vary from 48mm
up to 193mm. Fixed and
removable options, and many
different colours and finishes
offered.
Recycled Bollards
Manufactured from recycled
polyethylene (plastic food packets
and plastic bottles). This material
benefits from being robust and
long lasting; it does not rot or
corrode.
Bicycle Holders
A simple efficient method of safely
parking bicycles, so simple it
actually encourages orderly cycle
parking. Easy to use - the front
wheel being wheeled into the
holder until gripped between
holder arms.
Bicycle Shelters
Wide ranging designs for cycle
parking. Shelters and stands/racks
offer orderly, safe and secure
parking for the cyclist.
Perimeter Barriers
Barriers for trolley bays, pedestrian
safety, securing perimeters and
restricting access. Sizes range
from 48mm diameter steel up to
76mm, and from 750mm wide up
to 2000mm wide. Usually custom
made.
Swing Gate
Galvanised steel construction
painted red with white/red class 2
reflectors.
Road Warning Signs
Autopa can provide road warning
signs to be used in conjunction
with our vehicle access control
equipment. It is recommended
that signage is used to warn of
speed, height or entry restrictions.
Benches and Tables
These items of outdoor furniture
are solidly constructed and offer
the ideal combination of economy
and function whilst caring for our
environment.
Sprung Boundary Post
As the standard fixed boundary post
but incorporates a heavy duty spring
towards the bottom of the post thus
enabling it to withstand light to medium
impacts from vehicles. Used for
marking boundaries of parking spaces,
sitting between hinged and automatic
posts and for protection of walls and
buildings. After impact the spring allows
the post to return to the near vertical
position - minimising damage to the
post and to the vehicle.
RetractaPost

A simple, cost efficient but highly


effective and convenient way to prevent
unwanted vehicle access and deter ram
raids. Over 700mm above ground when
up, the post retracts vertically down
into the ground so It is flush with the
surrounding area with a strong steel flap
covering it. A choice of padlocks is
available to offer an increasing level of
security. Padlocks are an additional
charge. Pull the post up fully, rotate 45
degrees clockwise, then fit padlock
through lug and flap.
Control Systems
Autopa offers a selection of
access control systems designed
to be combined with the AU barrier
in providing a complete access
control solution. All Autopa
controls have been sourced from
market leading companies, each
meeting the highest standards of
manufacture and operation.
Lights, signs, vehicle counters,
radio remotes and timers are all
compatible accessories.
Safety & Parking Barriers
The unique spring steel buffer,
suitable for both light and heavy
vehicles, is widely used in car park
and Industrial applications
worldwide. It is designed to
absorb impact loads, putting less
stress on the bolts so that most
concrete slabs are suitable for
fixing on to, and thereby reducing
maintenance and replacement
costs.
6
51
PH-Car Park Posts.qxd 19/2/07 11:06 am Page 4
The acclaimed Defence One is the UKs latest driveway security feature. The Defence One Security Post is the specifiers
choice for domestic, commercial and industrial locations.

All British design and manufacture

Components all manufactured from British Steel to BS EN 10025:1993-S275

Removable post manufactured from 3mm thick 90mm x 90mm box section with solid top

Fully MAGS welded to BS4872 Part 1

Removable post finished with a nylon coating for a long life

400mm deep ground anchor, electro zinc plated and gold


passivated to BS1706

Underground reinforcing crossmembers made from 10mm


diameter steel bar, 250mm long

Unique high security padlock mounting (padlock not included)

Reflector on outside face

Optional handle to make removal and insertion even easier

Additional bases sold separately

Available in yellow, green or black (special colours for volume


applications on request)
LOCKSMITHS DEFENCE RANGE
DEFENCE ONE SECURITY POST
DIMENSIONS
Overall height: 992mm (h) x 250mm (w) x 250mm (d)
Above ground: 552mm (h) x 90mm (w) x 160mm (d)
Underground: 400mm (h) x 250mm (w) x 250mm (d)
CONTENTS
1 x Defence One removable post
1 x Defence One ground anchor
1 pair under ground reinforcing rods
Note: Padlock not included order code DEFENCEONEPA
Code DEFENCE.ONE.YE (Yellow) DEFENCE.ONE.GR (Green) DEFENCE.ONE.BK (Black) To order optional handle suffix code with HA
Due for launch Spring 2004, this product is an extra heavy duty security post. Based on the very popular Defence One
Security Post, the Ultimate Defence Security Post will be tested and approved by SOLD SECURE.
This product incorporates all the features of the Defence One with the following additions:

Extra heavy duty hasp

Extra heavy duty padlock protective cover

Padlock included

Caravan Security a shorter post which includes a 50mm towball mounting point for locking
your caravan to!

Car Forecourt Security - two Ultimate Defence Security Posts attached horizontally across
the top with the same 90mm box section. This must be the most attractive product on the
market!
Call us now for details of our specialist products
Code ULT.DEFENCE.YE (Yellow) ULT.DEFENCE.GR (Green) ULT.DEFENCE.BK (Black) To order optional handle suffix code with HA
ULTIMATE DEFENCE SECURITY POST
DUE FOR LAUNCH SPRING 2004
7
Car Parking Posts
52
PH-Car Park Posts.qxd 19/2/07 11:05 am Page 1
Car Parking Posts
Folding Car Parking Posts
Removable Car Parking Posts
Fixed Bollards Telescopic Mole Posts
Vehicle Barriers Sitecop Traffic Control
Suppliers of:
18
Section A
53
Folding Car Parking Posts - for Controlled Access
Car Parking Posts
Description Type Finish Section Height Weight
A. Pushlock Post Surface White Square 70mm 765mm 10kg
B. Collapsible Post Surface Yellow Round 64mm 765mm 6kg
C. Pushlock Post Surface Red Round 64mm 625mm 6kg
D. Pushlock Post Surface Yellow Round 64mm 625mm 6kg
E. Collapsible Post Surface Galvanised Round 64mm 765mm 6kg
Collapsible posts require a padlock, (see price list).
Pushlock posts include a lock. Other sizes & colours to order.
Folding posts require 3 xings each.
A xing plate is available for installing folding posts on block paving or for a more
secure concreted xing.
Posts include 2 orange reectors and require a padlock (see price list).
Large post only with grab handles.
Other sizes and colours to order.
Removable Car Parking Posts - for Heavyweight, Removable Security
1
Description Type Finish Section Above Below Weight
Ground Ground
A. Removable Post Large Excavated Black/White Square 90mm 1100mm 300mm 20kg
B. Removable Post Medium Excavated Black/White Square 80mm 995mm 250mm 12kg
C. Removable Post Small Excavated Black/White Square 70mm 720mm 200mm 9kg
A
B C
B C D E
A
Surface mounted or excavated posts for the permanent restriction of access and
protection of buildings.
Anti-ram raid versions available, together with other sizes & colours.
Surface xed posts require 4 xings each
Boundary post-chains and ttings are available
Fixed Bollards - for Permanently restricted access
Description Type Finish Section Above Below Weight
Ground Ground
A. Fixed Bollard Surface Red Square 100mm 910mm - 13kg
B. Fixed Bollard Excavated Black/White Square 100mm 910mm 400mm 16kg
C. Fixed Bollard Surface Black/Yellow Round 89mm 910mm - 9kg
D. Fixed Bollard Excavated Black/White Round 89mm 910mm 400mm 12kg
E. Boundary Post Surface Green Square 70mm 910mm - 6kg
C E A
B D
54
2
Car Parking Posts
Vehicle barriers for restricting access and car park boundaries.
Made from 76mm diameter tube.
Standard colour green, other sizes & colours to order.
Surface barriers require 6 xings each.
Vehicle Barriers
Description Type Length Above Weight
Ground
Vehicle Barrier - Small Surface 650mm 850mm 14kg
Vehicle Barrier - Small Excavated 650mm 850mm 16kg
Vehicle Barrier - Medium Surface 1100mm 700mm 15kg
Vehicle Barrier - Medium Excavated 1100mm 700mm 17kg
Vehicle Barrier - Large Surface 1500mm 500mm 14kg
Vehicle Barrier - Large Excavated 1500mm 500mm 26kg
Sitecop offers a unique combination of features to meet a wide range of speed
reduction and trafc calming applications including: car parks, schools, leisure
faciliities, ofce and commercial areas, private roads.
Sitecop Sleeping Policemen
Speed Guidance Dimensions - Middles Dimensions - Ends
W x L x H W x L x H
5 - 10 mph 500 x 500 x 70mm 500 x 500 x 70mm
The Telescopic Mole Post is out of sight when not in use and simple to raise into
position when required.
The post has an intergral weather proof lock.
Telescopic Mole Posts - for Neat Retractable Security
Description Type Finish Section Above Below Weight
Ground Ground
Telescopic Mole Post Excavated Galvanised Round 89mm 600mm 925mm 22kg
All surface type parking posts require xings which are
supplied separately.
Vistaplan can supply xings to suit any application.
Standard xings are Rambolt for concrete M12 20mm.
Rediplug for tarmac/concrete M10 120mm stainless steel
screw, washer and nylon plug.
High visibility with moulded-in reective arrow markings
Quick & easy to install and can be relocated if necessary
Maanufactured from hard wearing recycled rubber.
55
3
Car Parking Posts
NOTES
56
Specialised Locking
Products
Narrow Style Mortice Locks
Narrow Style Profile Mortice Cases
Sliding Door Locks Safe & Drug Cabinet Locks
Gate Locks
Willenhall Locks Ltd.
Suppliers of:
Section
19
57
PH-Special Locks.qxd 19/2/07 12:32 pm Page 2
Specialised Locking
Products
MORTICE LOCKS - NARROW STYLE RANGE
M3 2.0
5 Lever Sashlock
M3 2.0
5 Lever Sashlock
Extended & Cranked
Forend
Code
EU M3 2.0 PB M3 2.0 5 Lever Sashlock PB
EU M3 2.0 SCP M3 2.0 5 Lever Sashlock SCP
EU M3 2.0 EX PB M3 2.0 5 Lever Sashlock Extended Forend PB
EU M3 2.0 EX SCP M3 2.0 5 Lever Sashlock Extended Forend SCP
EU M3 2.0 EX/ CRK PB M3 2.0 5 Lever Sashlock Extended Cranked Forend PB
EU M3 2.0 EX/ CRK SCP M3 2.0 5 Lever Sashlock Extended Cranked Forend SCP
Code
EU M8 2.0 PB M8 2.0 5 Lever Deadlock PB
EU M8 2.0 SCP M8 2.0 5 Lever Deadlock SCP
EU M4 2.0 PB M4 2.0 5 Lever Upright Deadlock PB
EU M4 2.0 SCP M4 2.0 5 Lever Upright Deadlock SCP
Code
EU 2.0 EP PB EP 2.0 Sashlock Case PB
EU 2.0 EP SCP EP 2.0 Sashlock Case SCP
EU 2.0 EP EX PB EP 2.0 Sashlock Case Extended Forend PB
EU 2.0 EP EX SCP EP 2.0 Sashlock Case Extended Forend SCP
EU 2.0 EP EX/ CRK PB EP 2.0 Sashlock Case Extended Cranked Forend PB
EU 2.0 EP SCP EX/ CRK SCP EP 2.0 Sashlock Case Extended Cranked Forend SCP
EU 2.0 EP UP/ D PB EP 2.0 Upright Deadlock Case PB
EU 2.0 EP UP/ D SCP EP 2.0 Upright Deadlock Case SCP
PROFILE MORTICE CASES - NARROW STYLE RANGE
All M3 Sashlocks Available with 19mm & 25mm Forends
Please Specify
All Euro Profile 2.0 Sahlock Cases Available with 19mm &
25mm Forends - Please Specify
Willenhall Locks Ltd.
M8 2.0
5 Lever Deadlock
M4 2.0 5 Lever
Upright Deadlock
Euro Profile 2.0
Sashlock Case
Euro Profile 2.0
Sashlock Case
Extended & Cranked
Forend
1
58
PH-Special Locks.qxd 19/2/07 12:32 pm Page 3
Specialised Locking
Products
SLIDING DOOR LOCKS
SAFE & DRUG CABINET LOCKS
3500 Hookbolt 3
Mortice Lock
3000 Series 2.5 & 3.0
Hookbolt Latch
3000 Series Handles
C/ W Locking Snib
W3177 Mortice
Budget Lock
S2 7 & 9 Lever
Safe Lock
S2 7 & 9 Lever
Hammer Head
Safe Lock
CT12 7 Lever
Safe Lock
Code
EU M1 2.5 N M1 2.5 Lever Nozzled Drug Cabinet Lock
EU S6 7L N S6 7 Lever Nozzled Safe Lock
EU CT12 F & N CT12 7 Lever Flanged & Nozzled
Code
EU S2 7L S2 7 Lever Safe Lock
EU S2 9L S2 9 Lever Safe Lock
EU S2 7L HH S2 7 Lever Hammer Head Safe Lock
EU S2 9L HH S2 9 Lever Hammer Head Safe Lock
EU CT12 P CT12 7 Lever Post Office Lock
Code
EU S5 7L S5 7 Lever Safe Lock
M1 2.5 Nozzled
Drug Cabinet Lock
S6 7 Lever Nozzled
Safe Lock
CT12 Flanged &
Nozzled 7 Lever
Safe Lock
S5 7 Lever
Safe Lock
Code
EU 3000/ 1 2.5 Hookbolt Latch SCP
EU 3000/ 2 2.5 Hookbolt Latch PB
EU 3000/ 3 3.0 Hookbolt Latch SCP
EU 3000/ 4 3.0 Hookbolt Latch PB
EU 3000/ 5 2.5 Hookbolt Latch C/W Locking Snib SCP
EU 3000/ 6 2.5 Hookbolt Latch C/W Locking Snib PB
EU 3000/ 7 3.0 Hookbolt Latch C/W Locking Snib SCP
EU 3000/ 8 3.0 Hookbolt Latch C/W Locking Snib PB
EU 3500/ 1 3.0 Hookbolt Lock SCP
EU 3500/ 2 3.0 Hookbolt Lock PB
3000 Series Comes Complete with Flush Fitting Handles to Suit Forend Fnish
EUW3177 Mortice Budget Lock
Willenhall Locks Ltd.
2
59
PH-Special Locks.qxd 19/2/07 12:32 pm Page 4
GATE LOCKS
G17 Collapsible
Gate Lock
G17 Euro Profile
Collapsible Gate Lock
Code
EU G17 G17 Face Fixing 5 Lever Collapsible Gate Lock
EU G17E G17 Euro Profile Face Fixing Collapsible Gate Lock
Code
EU G16 G16 5 Lever Collapsible Gate Lock
EU G19 G19 Face Fixing Trigger Action 5 Lever Collapsible Gate Lock
Code
EU 4 x 4 4 x 4 Galvanised Gate Lock
EU 5 x 4 5 x 4 Galvanised Gate Lock
Code
EU G10 G10 5 Lever Collapsible Gate Lock
EU G10E G10 Euro Profile Collapsible Gate Lock
G10 Collapsible
Gate Lock
G10 Euro Profile
Collapsible Gate Lock
G16 Collapsible
Gate Lock
G19 Collapsible
Gate Lock
4 x 4 Galvanised
Gate Lock
5 x 4 Galvanised
Gate Lock
3
Specialised Locking
Products
Willenhall Locks Ltd.
60
PH-Special Locks.qxd 19/2/07 12:32 pm Page 1
Metal Door Locks
& Accessories
Europrofile Deadlocks
Round Mortice Cylinder Deadlocks
Europrofile Mortice Cylinder Deadlatches
Round Mortice Cylinder Deadlatches
Armoured Strikes Flush Bolts
Round Mortice Cylinders Paddle & Lever Handles
Concealed Overhead Door Closer
19
a lp ro
Suppliers of:
Section A
a lp ro
61
EUROPROFILE "HOOKBOLT/ BARBOLT" DEADLOCKS
Features

Range of backsets available

Range of faceplate nishes

Stainless steel laminated lockbolts

Locks accept standard 17mm


Europrole cylinders and thumbturn
Functionality
Deadlocks are available in both bar and
hookbolt versions. The locks provide
security deadlocking for a variety of
aluminium doors including swinging
and sliding applications. The hookbolt
is constructed from stainless steel
and is a 5 ply laminated construction,
with the centre core case hardened,
complete with hardened roll pin to resist
hacksaw attack. All locks are designed
to accept standard prole cylinders or
thumbturns.
Code Description Suits Finish
5222025 Narrow stile hookbolt lock to suit 17mm
Europrole cylinder - 25mm backset N/A
5222025M Narrow stile hookbolt lock to suit 17mm
Europrole cylinder - 25mm backset,
monitored 2 x SPDT microswitches inc.
1M ying leads N/A
5222030 Narrow stile hookbolt lock to suit17mm
Europrole cylinder - 30mm backset N/A
5222030M Narrow stile hookbolt lock to suit17mm
Europrole cylinder - 30mm backset,
monitored 2 x SPDT microswitches inc.
1M ying leads N/A
5222125 Narrow stile barbolt lock to suit17mm
Europrole cylinder - 25mm backset N/A
5222130 Narrow stile barbolt lock to suit17mm
Europrole cylinder - 30mm backset N/A
52FP222 Flat faceplate 220/221 SAA
52FP225 Radius faceplate 220/221 SAA
52FP228 Radius faceplate with weather strip 220/221 SAA
52FP231 Bevelled faceplate (LH) 220/221 SAA
52FP232 Bevelled faceplate (RH) 220/221 SAA
52220 Lock Type
52FP222
Faceplate
ROUND MORTICE CYLINDER "BARBOLT" DEADLOCKS - LONG THROW
Flat Faceplate
LH Bevel Faceplate
RH Bevel Faceplate
Radius Faceplate
with Weather Strip
Radius Faceplate
3
YEAR
GUARANTEE
For details of the faceplate variants available,
contact the sales ofce for further information
and product codes.
a lp ro
Faceplates are also available nished in Brown or Black,
see price list for further details.
Features

Range of backsets available

Range of faceplate nishes

Stainless steel laminated lockbolts

Locks accept standard 1


5
/32"mm
mortice key or thumbturn cylinder
Functionality
Deadlocks are available in both bar and
hookbolt versions. The locks provide
security deadlocking for a variety of
aluminium doors including swinging
and sliding applications. The hookbolt is
constructed from stainless steel and is
a 5 ply laminated construction, with the
centre core case hardened, complete
with hardened roll pin to resist hacksaw
attack. All locks are designed to accept
standard round mortice cylinders or
thumbturns.
Code Description Suits Finish
5218501 Narrow stile long throw barbolt deadlock
to suit mortice cylinder
7
/8" backset N/A
5218502 Narrow stile long throw barbolt deadlock
to suit mortice cylinder
31
/32" backset N/A
5218503 Narrow stile long throw barbolt deadlock
to suit mortice cylinder 1
1
/8" backset N/A
5218504 Narrow stile long throw barbolt deadlock
to suit mortice cylinder 1
1
/2" backset N/A
52FP1851 Flat faceplate 1850 SAA
52FP1852 Radius faceplate 1850 SAA
52FP1853 Radius faceplate with weather strip 1850 SAA
52FP1854 Bevelled faceplate (LH) 1850 SAA
52FP1855 Bevelled faceplate (RH) 1850 SAA
52185 Lock Type
52FP1851
Faceplate
Flat Faceplate
LH Bevel Faceplate
RH Bevel Faceplate
Radius Faceplate
with Weather Strip
Radius Faceplate
3
YEAR
GUARANTEE
For details of the faceplate variants available,
contact the sales ofce for further information
and product codes.
Faceplates are also available nished in Brown or Black,
see price list for further details.
1
Metal Door Locks
& Accessories
62
ROUND MORTICE CYLINDER "HOOKBOLT/ BARBOLT" DEADLOCKS - SHORT THROW
Features

Range of backsets available

Range of faceplate nishes

Stainless steel laminated lockbolts

Locks accept standard 1 5/32


mortise key or thumbturn cylinder
Functionality
Deadlocks are available in both bar and
hookbolt versions. The locks provide
security deadlocking for a variety of
aluminium doors including swinging
and sliding applications. The hookbolt
is constructed from stainless steel
and is a 5 ply laminated construction,
with the centre core case hardened,
complete with hardened roll pin to resist
hacksaw attack. All locks are designed
to accept standard prole cylinders or
thumbturns.
Code Description Suits Finish
5218201 Narrow stile short throw barbolt deadlock
to suit mortise cylinder
7
/8 backset N/A
5218202 Narrow stile short throw barbolt deadlock
to suit mortise cylinder 3
1
/32 backset N/A
5218203 Narrow stile short throw barbolt deadlock
to suit mortise cylinder 1
1
/8 backset N/A
5218204 Narrow stile short throw barbolt deadlock
to suit mortise cylinder 1
1
/2 backset N/A
5218205 Narrow Stile hookbolt deadlock
to suit mortise cylinder
7
/8 backset N/A
5218206 Narrow Stile hookbolt deadlock
to suit mortise cylinder 3
1
/32 backset N/A
5218207 Narrow Stile hookbolt deadlock
to suit mortise cylinder 1
1
/8 backset N/A
5218208 Narrow Stile hookbolt deadlock
to suit mortise cylinder 1
1
/2 backset N/A
52FP1821 Flat faceplate 1820 SAA
52FP1822 Radius faceplate 1820 SAA
52FP1823 Radius faceplate with weather strip 1820 SAA
52FP1824 Bevelled faceplate (LH) 1820 SAA
52FP1825 Bevelled faceplate (RH) 1820 SAA
52182 Lock Type
52FP1821
Faceplate
a lp ro
Flat Faceplate
LH Bevel Faceplate
RH Bevel Faceplate
Radius Faceplate
with Weather Strip
Radius Faceplate
3
YEAR
GUARANTEE
For details of the faceplate variants available,
contact the sales ofce for further information
and product codes.
Faceplates are also available nished in Brown or Black,
see price list for further details.
EUROPROFILE MORTICE CYLINDER "DEADLATCH"
Features

Range of backsets available

Range of faceplate nishes

Locks accept standard 17mm


europrole cylinders & thumbturns
Functionality
Deadlatches offer exible control of
situations and can be used in conjunction
with electric strikes to provide the
added option of remote access control.
Designed to operate on doors with 3mm
door gaps.
Code Description Suits Finish
5245701 Deadlatch to suit 17mm europrole
cylinder 25mm backset (RH) N/A
5245702 Deadlatch to suit 17mm europrole
cylinder 25mm backset (LH) N/A
5245703 Deadlatch to suit 17mm europrole
cylinder 30mm backset (RH) N/A
5245704 Deadlatch to suit 17mm europrole
cylinder 30mm backset (LH) N/A
5245705 Deadlatch to suit 17mm europrole
cylinder 38mm backset (RH) N/A
5245706 Deadlatch to suit 17mm europrole
cylinder 38mm backset (LH) N/A
52FP4511 Flat faceplate 4570 SAA
52FP4512 Radius faceplate 4570 SAA
52FP4513 Radius faceplate with weather strip 4570 SAA
52FP4514 Bevelled faceplate (LH) 4570 SAA
52FP4515 Bevelled faceplate (RH) 4570 SAA
524570 Lock Type
52FP4511
Faceplate
Industry standard ANSI cut outs
Europrole or round mortise cylinder
options
Multiple backsets available
Latch hold back facility
Latches compatible for use with
electric strikes
Cam plugs non handed reversible in
the eld
3
YEAR
GUARANTEE
For details of the faceplate variants available,
contact the sales ofce for further information
and product codes.
Faceplates are also available nished in Brown or Black,
see price list for further details.
2
Metal Door Locks
& Accessories
63
3
a lp ro
ROUND MORTICE CYLINDER "DEADLATCH"
FLUSHBOLTS & ACCESSORIES
Code Description Finish
60FSAA Flat ushbolt SAA
60RSAA Radius ushbolt SAA
60FBA Flat ushbolt Bronze
60RBA Radius ushbolt Bronze
60FS Floor socket N/A
60BG Bolt guide N/A
Features

Die cast zinc alloy operating


mechanism

Available in Silver or Bronze nish

Complete with bolt guide

Spring loaded oor sockets available


on request

Flat or radius proles available


Functionality
Flushbolts are used to facilitate the locking
of the inactive leaf of a pair of aluminium,
steel or timber doors. Complete with the
necessary ushbolt guide and optional
spring loaded oor sockets, the bolts allow
both a secure and aesthetically pleasing
locking solution. Flush Bolt
3
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Features

Range of backsets available

Range of faceplate nishes

Locks accept standard 1 5/32"


mortice key or thumbturn cylinder
Functionality
Deadlatches offer exible control of
situations and can be used in conjunction
with electric strikes to provide the
added option of remote access control.
Designed to operate on doors with 3mm
door gaps, the deadlatches can also be
operated with the 459 paddle handle
(cam plug required).
Code Description Suits Finish
5245101 Deadlatch to suit round mortise cylinder
- 11/8 backset (RH) N/A
5245102 Deadlatch to suit round mortise cylinder
- 11/8 backset (LH) N/A
5245103 Deadlatch to suit round mortise cylinder
- 31/32 backset (RH) N/A
5245104 Deadlatch to suit round mortise cylinder
- 31/32 backset (LH) N/A
52FP4511 Flat faceplate 4510 SAA
52FP4512 Radius faceplate 4510 SAA
52FP4513 Radius faceplate with weather strip 4510 SAA
52FP4514 Bevelled faceplate (LH) 4510 SAA
52FP4515 Bevelled faceplate (RH) 4510 SAA
524510 Lock Type
52FP4514
Faceplate
Industry standard ANSI cut outs
Europrole or round mortise cylinder
options
Multiple backsets available
Latch hold back facility
Latches compatible for use with
electric strikes
Cam plugs non handed reversible in
the eld
3
YEAR
GUARANTEE
For details of the faceplate variants available,
contact the sales ofce for further information
and product codes.
Faceplates are also available nished in Brown or Black,
see price list for further details.
Flush Bolt
Metal Door Locks
& Accessories
64
4
a lp ro
LEVER & PADDLE HANDLES
Code Description Suits Finish
5245601 Lever handle c/w cam plug (RH) 4510 SAA
5245602 Lever handle c/w cam plug (LH) 4510 SAA
524591 Paddle handle c/w cam plug
pull to left 4510 SAA
524592 Paddle handle complete with cam plug
push to left 4510 SAA
524597 Paddle handle complete with cam plug
pull to right 4510 SAA
524598 Paddle handle complete with cam plug
push to right 4510 SAA
Paddle handle & lever handle are also available nished in Brown or
Black, see price list for further details.
3
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Features

Paddle handle for use with


deadlatches

Suits 44mm thick doors

Cam plug non-handed, reversible in


the eld.
Functionality
Both 456 lever handle and 459 paddle
handle are designed to be ergonomically
friendly and practical. Coming complete
with cam plug enables the handles to
be used in conjunction with the 524510
deadlatch range of locks.
52459 SAA Paddle
Handle
52456 SAA Lever
Handle
Cam Plug
ROUND MORTICE CYLINDERS
Features

Standard keyays

Range of nishes

1
5
/32" standard cylinder
Code Description Suits Finish
5228 Round mortice cylinder keyed
to differ 1820/1850/4510 Satin
5229 Round mortice cylinder keyed
to pass 1820/1850/4510 Satin
5230 Round mortice thumbturn 1820/1850/4510 Satin
5231 Round mortice cylinder guard 1820/1850/4510 Satin
5241 Pair of 5228 round mortice
cylinders c/w 3 keys to differ - Satin
5228 Round
Mortice Cylinder
5230 Round
Mortice
Thumbturn
5231 Round Mortice
Cylinder Guard
Features

Armoured Strike

Increased jamb protection


Code Description Suits Finish
5212 Armoured strike 220 lock N/A
5213 Armoured strike faceplate 220 lock N/A
5212M Armoured strike c/w 1 x SPDT
microswitch inc. 1M ying leads 220 lock N/A
ARMOURED
STRIKES
5212 Armoured
Strike and
Faceplate
Metal Door Locks
& Accessories
65
a lp ro
CONCEALED OVERHEAD DOOR CLOSER
& ACCESSORIES
Functionality
The overhead door closer is designed to be concealed within the
transom header bar of the door. It provides controlled closing of a single or
double action, aluminium door or doors. Features built into the closer include
dual closing speeds to allow exibility in closing; three levels of spring strength
and 90hold open facility. The closer comes complete with its own xing pack and
comprehensive xing instructions. Various arms and spindle lengths are available on request.
End Loading Option
Trade

Code Description Pack Qty
510100T2 Light duty (size 1). No hold open 4
510200T2 Medium duty (size 2). No hold open 4
510300T2 Heavy duty (size 3). No hold open 4
510190T2 Light duty (size 1). 90hold open 4
510290T2 Medium duty (size 2). 90hold open 4
510390T2 Heavy duty (size 3). 90hold open 4
Side Loading Option
Trade

Code Description Pack Qty
510100T1 Light duty (size 1). No hold open 4
510200T1 Medium duty (size 2). No hold open 4
510300T1 Heavy duty (size 3). No hold open 4
510190T1 Light duty (size 1). 90hold open 4
510290T1 Medium duty (size 2). 90hold open 4
510390T1 Heavy duty (size 3). 90hold open 4
51A2 Side Load
Top Arm Assembly
51A1 Special
Top Arm Assembly
Short Side Load
51A3 End Load Top Assembly Use
for Roundnose Stiles
Overhead Specications
Dimensions 293mm x 90mm
Concealed thickness 38mm
Maximum door width Light spring - under 750mm
Medium spring - 751mm to 950mm
Heavy spring - 951mm to 1150mm
Maximum door weight 100kg
Maximum door height Light, medium and heavy spring - 2540mm
Closing speed Dual; initial closing speed is factory preset.
Final closing speed is fully adjustable after installation
Lubrication Stable hydraulic uid suitable for most climatic conditions and
constant lubrication
Function Built in positive back stop and optional 90hold open position
Features

Independently tested to 250,000 double


action cycles to EN1154

90hold open facility available at no extra cost

Replacement items available for retrot installations


and maintenance

Quality products at acceptable prices

Nationwide maintenance service available


3
YEAR
GUARANTEE
5
Metal Door Locks
& Accessories
66
a lp ro
51A5 ' F' Bracket
with Screws (Set A)
51A4 Bottom
Pivot Assembly
CONCEALED OVERHEAD DOOR CLOSER
& ACCESSORIES
PREPARATION DETAIL
Details of Maximum Door Widths & Heights
Spring Max Door Width Max Door Height
Light Under 750mm 2540
Medium 751mm to 950mm 2540
Heavy 951mm to 1150mm 2540
6
Metal Door Locks
& Accessories
67
a lp ro
7
Metal Door Locks
& Accessories
NOTES
68
Adjustable Locking Bars
London Bars Birmingham Bars Adjustable Bars
Lock Guards Sash Stops Letter Box Cowl
19
Section B
69
Adjustable Locking Bars
1
70
BARS
Item No. Description
EU LB ST Standard London Bars
EU LB NO.1 London Bars No.1 (Yale)
EU LB ING London Bars (Ingersoll)
EU LB CIS London Bars (Cisa)
EU LB BHAM Birmingham Bar (Hinge Side)
ADJUSTABLE BARS
Item No. Description
EU AB1 AB1 Size A 18" x 24"
EU AB2 AB2 Size B 24" x 36"
EU AB3 AB3 Size C 36" x 54"
EU AB4 AB4 Size D 54" x 72"
EU AB5 AB5 Tie Bar
LOCKGUARDS
Item No. Description
EU LG W EU Euro Prole - White
EU LG W KEY Standard Keyway - White
EU LG W EU Euro Prole - Gold
EU LG G KEY Standard Keyway - Gold
EU LG B EU Euro Prole - Black
EU LG B KEY Standard Keyway - Black
EU LG S EU Euro Prole - Silver
EU LG S KEY Standard Keyway - Silver
SASH STOPS
Item No. Description
EU SASH BR Brass Sash Stop (1 Bolt + 2 Studs)
EU SASH SC Satin Chrome Sash Stop (1 Bolt + 2 Studs)
EU HB BR Brass Hinge Bolt (Per Pair)
EU HB SC Satin Chrome Hinge Bolt (Per Pair)
EU SASH KEY Sash Stop Key (Ext Long) USES 8K101
LETTER BOX COWL
Item No. Description
EU LB COWL Security Letter Box Cowl
Length 300mm x Height 85mm x Depth 60mm
Locking Bars
Letterbox Cowl Adjustable Bars
Lockguards
Sash Stops & Hinge Bolts
19
Section C
Mortice Locks &
Rim Locks
European Lockcases BS 5 Lever Mortice Locks
5 Lever Mortice Locks 3 Lever Mortice Locks
Mortice Lock Cylinder Cases Bathroom Locks
BS Nightlatches & Rimlocks
Suppliers of:
PRODUCTS
71
Briton 5500 Series 72mm European Lockcases
Mortice Locks & Rim Locks
The new Briton Commercial range of euro prole cylinder locks incorporates a top
specication lockcase, designed to and fully compliant with the European standard
EN 12209 and the dimensional criteria of DIN 18251.
The European Commercial lock series can be suited with Briton, Normbau
and Randi lever furniture and is compatible with most euro prole cylinder ranges.
Features

Dimensional co-ordination across the range to DIN 18251

Conforms to the requirements of EN 12209 and EN 179

Hardened steel drill resistant deadbolt

Phosphor bronze follower bushes for reduced wear

Quick reversible latch for easy on-site handing

Smooth and quiet latch operation

Single throw cylinder action for convenience

Suitable for bolt-through furniture xings

Suitable for unsprung lever furniture

Suitable for use on acoustic doors

Suitable for use on 1/2 hour and 1 hour re doors

10 year guarantee
Briton 5400 Series 72mm European Lockcases
The new Briton Contract range of euro prole cylinder locks provides all the features
of a top specication European lockcase, but at an affordable price.
Comprising of deadlock, sashlock, bathroom lock and latch, the European Contract
lock series can be suited with Briton, Normbau and Randi lever furniture and is
compatible with most euro prole cylinder ranges.
Briton European Contract cylinder locks come with a full 5 year warranty.
Features

Dimensional co-ordination across the range to DIN 18251

Conforms to the requirements of EN 12209

CE marked

Suitable for bolt-through furniture xings

Suitable for unsprung lever furniture

Roller bearing follower for smooth action

Quick reversible latch for easy on-site handing

Suitable for use on 1/2 hour and 1 hour re doors

5 year guarantee
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Union J.L2S Series 72mm European Lockcases
The Union range of European Lockcases have dimensional co-ordination across
the range. They have a black epoxy coated steel case and have a choice of forend
and strike plate nishes. The brass latchbolt is nickel plated or a brass nish on the
polished brass variant. Lock variants are fully reversible & the cases are pierced to
accept bolt through furniture and security roses.
Features

Dimensional co-ordination across the range.

Black epoxy coated steel case

Stainless steel forend (Grade 304) to match strike plate

Suitable for bolt-through furniture xings

Easily reversible latchbolt & escape mechanism

Can be used with patented cylinder system

Lock is fully reversible

Finishes available: Satin Stainless Steel,


Polished Stainless & Polished Brass

5
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Range

Cylinder Deadlock

Cylinder Sashlock

Latch

Bathroom Lock

Cylinder Nightlatch

Escape Sashlock
Range

Cylinder Deadlock

Cylinder Sashlock

Latch

Bathroom Lock

Cylinder Nightlatch

Escape Sashlock
Range

Cylinder Deadlock

Cylinder Sashlock

Latch

Bathroom Lock

Cylinder Nightlatch

Escape Sashlock
93mm
7
2
m
m
1
6
5
m
m
2
3
5
m
m
22
mm
60mm
93mm
7
2
m
m
1
6
5
m
m
2
3
5
m
m
20
mm
60mm
88mm
7
2
m
m
1
5
1
m
m
2
3
5
m
m
20
mm
60mm
1
72
Mortice Locks & Rim Locks
Securefast 700 Series 72mm European Lockcases
European Sized Lock Case High-grade specication lock case with 72mm centre.
The Securefast European lockcase is designed for use with European Door furniture
and has a 60mm backset. The lockcases are an ideal companion for non-sprung door
furniture. The 72mm series includes a reversible latch for on site adjustment in 30
seconds without opening the lock case and hardened steel deadbolt. The lock forend
is only 25mm wide and available in Brass and Stainless Steel. The 72mm European
Series offers a 25 year return to base guarantee.
Features

Dimensional co-ordination across the range to DIN 18251

Conforms to the requirements of EN 12209

CE marked

Suitable for bolt-through furniture xings

Suitable for unsprung lever furniture

Roller bearing follower for smooth action

Quick reversible latch for easy on-site handing

Suitable for use on 1/2 hour and 1 hour re doors

5 year guarantee
Nemef 6000 Series 72mm European Lockcases
The locks, which are specied as per DIN 18251 part 1, or are manufactured according
to the dimensions in this standard. The extra heavy-duty 6100 series, which are all
reversible are suitable for use with NEMEF project furniture in brass, aluminium or
stainless steel. For this reason, NEMEF project locks have already been used on a
large scale for many years. Therefore, NEMEF guarantees a technical longevity on
their project locks.
Features

Zinc-plated white lacquered lock case

Backset 60 mm

Centres 72 mm (bathroom/wc lock 78 mm)

Sinter steel latch and dead bolt

2-pieced steel clamping follower 8 mm

Extra heavy-duty counter spring

Key action on latch bolt



Certied for 4 hours re-resistant according to
BS 476 part 22, 1997, clause 8

Easily reversible latch bolt
5
YEAR
GUARANTEE
European Lockcase Options
Range of Lockcases Available
Cylinder
Deadlock
Cylinder
Sashlock
Latch Bathroom
Lock
Cylinder
Nightlatch
Escape
Sashlock
Range

Cylinder Deadlock

Cylinder Sashlock

Bathroom Lock

Cylinder Nightlatch

Escape Sashlock
Range

Cylinder Deadlock

Cylinder Sashlock

Bathroom Lock

Cylinder Nightlatch

Escape Sashlock
88mm
7
2
m
m
1
6
5
m
m
2
3
5
m
m
21
mm
60mm
88mm
7
2
m
m
1
6
5
m
m
2
3
5
m
m
21
mm
60mm
2
73
Chubb BS Mortice Locks
3K74 Sashlock 5 Lever

Kitemarked to BS3621.

Recommended by insurance companies and the police.

Key & Handle operation from both sides of the door.

Can be supplied to pass and is available with either single or double


pole microswitch.

Available on patented Chubb RKS System.


Legge BS Mortice Locks
3G114E Deadlock 5 Lever

Kitemarked to BS3621.

Recommended by insurance companies and the police.

Key operation from both sides of the door.

Can be supplied to pass and is available with


either single or double pole microswitch.

Available on patented Chubb RKS System.


3K74 Sashlock
3G14E
Deadlock
Legge
5641/ 5761 Lever Deadlock 5 Lever
5642/ 5762 Lever Sashlock 5 Lever
Steel case powder coated black with integral anti-drill plates, steel box
strike brass or satin chrome plated. Unsprung lever furniture with an
8mm spindle should be specied for use with the sashlock.

Dimensional co-ordination of platform range

BS3621:2004 compliant

20mm deadbolt throw

5 close gated leavers with anti-pick device.

1000 differs

Ant-drill plates

Hardened steel deadbolt

Twist reversible latchbolt

3 plated steel keys

10 year guarantee
BS 3621:2004
BS 3621:2004
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Union BS Mortice Locks
2234 Lever Sashlock 5 Lever

For wooden doors requiring key and lever handle operation.

67mm or 80mm case sizes available.

Extended 20mm deadbolt for secure positive deadlocking and additional


resistance against jemmy attack.

Easily reversible latchbolt for use on either left or right hand doors

Security box striking plate, hardened steel cover plate.

Anti pick security features in lock case.

Available nished in Polished Brass & Satin Chrome.


2134 Lever Deadlock 5 Lever

Wooden doors hinged on the left or right and requiring key operation only.

67mm or 80mm case sizes available.

Extended 20mm deadbolt for secure positive deadlocking and additional


resistance against jemmy attack.

Brass deadbolt with hardened steel rollers.

Security box striking plate, hardened steel cover plate.

Anti pick security features in lock case.

Available nished in Polished Brass & Satin Chrome.


BS 3621:2004
2234 Sashlock
2134
Deadlock
Mortice Locks & Rim Locks
3
74
Era BS Mortice Locks
261 Deadlock 5 Lever
262 Sashlock 5 Lever
These 5 lever High Security Deadlocks & Sashlocks to BS3621: 2004
standard meet the exacting demands of the insurance companies and
the Police. Higher security levels are delivered by a 20mm bolt throw on
every lock, and both the Sashlock and Deadlock have hardened steel
plates to resist drilling, and four hardened steel rollers in the deadbolt resist
hacksawing.
The Fortress Sashlock features a pull and twist action latch which can easily
reverse the hand of the lock without the removal of the lock cover or screws.
The keys manufactured of manganese bronze have 1,000 variations for
added security. All steel levers have false notching to resist lock picking.
Both locks are available in in either brass, satin, or chrome effect.
Securefast BS Mortice Locks
261 Sashlock
262
Deadlock
SKD Deadlock 5 Lever
SKS Sashlock 5 Lever
British standard BS3621-2004 ve lever deadbolt with key opeartion
both sides for sash & deadlock including anti-pick and anti-drill plates.
Sashlock offers handle operation both sides of the lock.

For use with wood & steel doors

For use on external & internal doors

64mm or 76mm backset available

Anti-drill bolt with 20mm throw

Deadlock comes with escutcheons

Insurance approved

British made

Gauranteed for 10 years

Available with polished brass or stainless steel forend.


BS 3621:2004
BS 3621:2004
Yale BS Mortice Locks
M560 Sashlock 5 Lever

Kitemarked to BS3621.

Recommended by insurance companies and the police.

67mm (21/2) and 80mm (3) case sizes available.

Deadbolt locked or unlocked by key from either side.

Latchbolt withdrawn by lever handle from either side.

Pierced to accept bolt through furniture.


M562 Deadlock 5 Lever

Kitemarked to BS3621.

Recommended by insurance companies and the police.

67mm (21/2) and 80mm (3) case sizes available.

Deadbolt locked or unlocked by key from either side.


M560 Sashlock
M562
Deadlock
PRODUCTS

BS3621:2004 compliant

20mm deadbolt throw

Hardened steel plates to resist drilling

Hardened steel rollers in deadbolt to resist hacksawing

Hand of lock easily reversed without removsl of lock cover & screws.
BS 3621:2004
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Mortice Locks & Rim Locks
4
75
Euro Architectural Range Mortice Locks
The Euro Architectural range of locks are ideal for the Architectural Ironmonger
or commercial specier.

Case depth of 2.5 or 3 nished with a black electro static coating.

Solid brass deadbolt with 13mm projection. All deadbolts (except bathroom locks) come
complete with anti saw hardened steel rollers.

Solid brass latch bolt with 13mm projection and externally accessible change of hand
mechanism maintaining the integrity of lock.

Heavy duty follower spring.

Square forend/face plate nished in polished brass,


stainless steel, electro brass or nickel plated.

Electro brass or zinc plate striker box.

Twist reversible latchbolt

3 plated steel keys

10 year guarantee
EU915 Mortice Deadlock 5 Lever
EU914 Mortice Sashlock 5 Lever
The Euro Economy range of locks offers a wide range of locks and latches for the private housing
market and a cost effective solution for the specier, builder, pre-packer and the end user.

Case depth of 2.5 or 3 nished with a red electro static coating.

5 lever locking mechanism with anti-pick curtain.

Solid brass deadbolt (5 lever lock with hardened rollers).

Solid brass latch bolt.

Universal tolerance follower spring.

Square forend/face plate nished in polished brass, stainless steel, electro


brass or nickel plated.

The 500 Series Mortice Lock comes complete with a striker box
for added security. The rest of the range is supplied with electro brass or nickel plated strikers.
Mortice Sashlocks
3 Lever Lock
57mm Centres
EU901/64 & EU901/76
Euro Cylinder Case
47.5mm Centres
EU904/64 & EU904/76
Oval Cylinder Case
48.5mm Centres
EU903/64 & EU903/76
Mortice Deadlocks
3 Lever Lock
EU902/64 & EU902/76
Euro Cylinder Case
EU906/64 & EU906/76
Oval Cylinder Case
EU905/64 & EU905/76
Upright Mortice Deadlocks
3 Lever Lock
EU908/64 & EU908/76
Euro Cylinder Case
EU910/64 & EU910/76
Oval Cylinder Case
EU910A/64 & EU910A/76
Economy Mortice Locks
5 Lever Sashlock
57mm Centres
EU914/64 & EU914/76
Mortice Deadlock
5 Lever Deadlock
EU915/64 & EU915/76
Mortice Bathroom
Locks
3 Lever Lock
57mm Centres
EU911/64 & EU911/76
Upright Mortice
Latch
3 Lever Lock
EU918/64 & EU918/76
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Mortice Locks & Rim Locks
5
76
Union Ironmongery Range Mortice Locks
2117
Deadlock
2117
Deadlock
Union 5 Lever
Mortice Locks
5 Lever Deadlock
Y-2101
5 Lever Sashlock
57mm Centres
Y-2201
Union
Mortice Locks
Bathroom Lock
Y-2294
Union 3 Lever
Mortice Locks
3 Lever Deadlock
Y-2117
3 Lever Sashlock
57mm Centres
Y-2277
Union Sashlock
Cylinder Cases
Euro Cylinder
Y-2249
Oval Cylinder
57mm Centres
Y-2241
Union Deadlock
Cylinder Cases
Euro Cylinder
Y-2149
Oval Cylinder
57mm Centres
Y-2141
Mortice Locks & Rim Locks
5 Lever Locks

Suitable for wooden doors

Reversible latchbolt

2 plated steel keys

Brass latchbolt,
Brass deadbolt with 2
hardened steel rollers

Steel red enamelled case

Forend & striking plate


nished in Satin Chrome or
Polished Brass

Security box striking plate

Made in the UK
3 Lever Locks

Suitable for wooden doors

Reversible latchbolt

2 plated steel keys

Brass latchbolt,
Brass deadbolt with 2
hardened steel rollers

Steel silver enamelled case

Forend & striking plate


nished in Satin Chrome or
Polished Brass

Made in the UK
Bathroom Locks

Black steel case

Two way action


Deadbolt locked/unlocked
by turn from inside

Forend & striking plate


nished in Polished Chrome
or Polished Brass
Cylinder Cases

Suitable for wooden doors

Euro & Oval cylinder proles

Brass latchbolt,
Brass deadbolt with
hardened steel rollers

Steel silver enamelled case

Forend & striking plate


nished in Satin Chrome or
Polished Brass

Made in the UK
6
77
Legge & Briton Ironmongery Range Mortice Locks
The Legge range of 5 lever locks are co-ordinated with the Platform
range of locks. The conformity of lockcase dimensions allows a high
degree of interchangeability and upgrading from 3 lever to 5 lever
operation. Steel case powder coated yellow (5 lever) or white (3 lever).
Legge Platform
3 Lever Mortice Locks
3 Lever Deadlock
B1643 & B1763
3 Lever Sashlock
57mm Centres
B2643 & B2763
Legge Platform
Mortice Locks
Bathroom Lock
57mm Centres
B7643 & B7763
Briton X-Tension
Euro/ Oval Cylinder
Cases (Dual Prole)
Deadlock Case Oval/ Euro
5210.60
Sashlock Case Oval/ Euro
57mm Centres
5220.60
Briton X-Tension
Bathroom Lock
Bathroom Lock
57mm Centres
5230.57
Legge Platform
5 Lever Mortice Locks
5 Lever Deadlock
B1645 & B1765
5 Lever Sashlock
57mm Centres
B2645 & B2765
Central to the Briton range of cylinder locks is the X-Tension series of
lock cases. Its features include a revolutionary design which enables
the spring tension within the lock to be adjusted without removing the
lockcase or dismantling the door furniture.
This modular range of lock cases (which suits both oval and euro prole
cylinders) has been developed to complement most existing lever lock
cases therefore making them compatible for use in most refurbishment
projects as well as new build.
Adjustable Spring Tensioner
This unique patented feature enables the spring tension on the follower
within the lock case to be adjusted to suit the weight of the
lever furniture being tted.
Platform 5 Lever Locks

5 close gated levers with


anti-pick device

500 differs

Reversible latchbolt

2 plated steel keys,


unnumbered

Anti-pick keyhole protection

Brass deadbolt with 2


hardened steel inserts

5 year guarantee
Platform 3 Lever Locks

3 close gated levers

100 differs

2 plated steel keys,


unnumbered

Anti-pick keyhole protection

Brass deadbolt

3 year guarantee
Platform Bathroom Locks

Dimensionally co-ordinated
with the lever locks

Reversible latchbolt

Brass deadbolt
Briton X-Tension
Upright Latch
Upright Latch
5240.57
A A
B
B
57
76
108
Dimensions A B
B1645 64 44
B1765 76 57
B2645 64 44
B2765 76 57
Dimensions A B
B1643 64 44
B1763 76 57
B2643 64 44
B2763 76 57
Dimensions A B
B7643 64 44
B7763 76 57
Dimensions A B
5210.60 76 57
5220.60 76 57
Dimensions A B
5240.57 76 57 Dimensions A B
5230.57 76 57
A
B
57
108
5
YEAR
GUARANTEE
5
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Mortice Locks & Rim Locks
7
78
Yale BS High Security Nightlatch
PBS1 / PXBS1 60mm Backset
PBS2 / PXBS2 40mm Backset

Kitemarked to BS3621

Recommended by the insurance companies and the police

Key operation from the outside, key & lever handle operation from inside

Latchbolt automatically deadlocks on closing the door

PXBS1/PXBS2 are supplied with high security X-Tech cylinder

For doors 45-57mm thickness

Backset of 60mm (PBS1), 40mm (PBS2)

Suitable for timber or glass panelled doors

Available in Brasslux, Grey & Chrome


Chubb BS High Security Nightlatch
4L67E 60mm Backset
Chubb has added to its versatile 20mm range with the launch of the new
4L67E Chubb BS rim lock featuring the larger 20mm bolt. This hardened
steel 20mm deadbolt automatically deadlocks on closing the door, providing
convenience with high security.

Kitemarked to BS3621

Large 20mm hardened steel deadbolt, automatically deadlocks door


on closing

High security features include: drill, saw, pick and torque resistance

Internal lockable handle

Ideal for all types of front doors especially glazed doors

25 year guarantee
Ingersoll Security BS London Line Nightlatch
SC100 60mm Backset

Kitemarked to BS3621

Patented safety kick-off feature

Slam auto-deadlocking

Cylinder system that is mounted through door incorporating


the Mul-T-Lock Interactive Patented Cylinder System

Security Escutcheon

Large Robust Strike

Retrotable with key competitor products

20mm bolt throw

Available in Chrome or Brass anti-tarnish/scratch nish.


Era BS High Security Nightlatch
1930 60mm Backset
1830 40mm Backset
The new British Standard High Security Nightlatch complies with BS3621: 2004 and
falls in line with the new European Standard (BSEN 12209). Ideally suited for glass
panelled wooden doors.

Kitemarked to BS3621

Ideally suited for glass panelled wooden doors

Internal lockable handle for added security against forced entry

Key operation from the outside, handle operation from inside

Available in Brass effect, Satin Chrome effect, Polished Chrome


effect & Satin Nickel Chrome effect.
PRODUCTS
2 5
YEAR
GUARANTEE
BS 3621:2004
BS 3621:2004
BS 3621:2004
BS 3621:2004
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Mortice Locks & Rim Locks
8
79
Yale P84/ 85/ 89 Nightlatch
Yale P77 Traditional Nightlatch

Classic styling with deadlocking by snib

Ideally suited for wooden doors

Key operation from the outside, knob handle operation from inside

For door thickness 32-57mm

Backset 60mm

Finishes available: Brasslux, Enamelled Nickel Bronze or Chrome


10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Union 1027/ 1028 Nightlatch

Latchbolt mechanism

Holdback facility & deadlocking snib

Key operation from the outside, lever handle from inside

For Timber doors

For door thickness 35-60mm

Backset 60mm (1028), 40mm (1027)

Finishes available: Brasslux, Gold or Grey


10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Union 1158 Nightlatch

Roller Catch

Key operation from the outside, handle from inside

For Timber doors

For door thickness 35-60mm

Backset 60mm

Finishes available: Brasslux, Gold or Grey


10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Yale P1/ P2 Nightlatch

Lockable internal handle

Automatic deadlocking from inside & outside

Latchbolt holdback facility

For Timber or glass paneled doors

For door thickness 32-57mm

Backset 60mm (P1), 40mm (P2)

Finishes available: Brasslux or Grey


10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE

Latchbolt mechanism

Holdback facility & deadlocking snib

Key operation from the outside, lever handle from inside

For Timber doors

For door thickness 32-57mm

Backset 40mm (84 & 85), 60mm (89)

Finishes available: Brasslux, Gold or Grey


Mortice Locks & Rim Locks
9
80
Legge 785/ 789 Rim Nightlatch

Kitemarked to BS3621

Ideally suited for glass panelled wooden doors

Internal lockable handle for added security against forced entry

Key operation from the outside, handle operation from inside

Available in Brass effect, Satin Chrome effect, Polished Chrome effect & Satin Nickel
Chrome effect.
Legge 707/ 727 Rim Nightlatch

Multi function nightlatch

Clockwise or anticlockwise knob operation to withdraw latch

Latch & knob are rendered inoperative by deadlocking function

Finishes available: Polished Brass Cylinder/Silver Case,


Polished Brass Cylinder/Brass Plated Case,
Satin Chrome Cylinder/Polished Chrome Case
Euro SLB75 Nightlatch
Union 1332/ 1334 Nightlatch

Double throw deadlock giving 20mm bolt projection

Key operated deadbolt from either side

Latchbolt key operated from outside, handle from inside

For Timber or glass paneled doors

For door thickness 35-60mm

Backset 60mm (1332), 50mm (1334)

Finishes available: Brasslux, Gold or Grey


10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Union 1047/ 1048 Nightlatch

Manual deadlocking by reverse turn of key in outside cylinder

Key operation from outside, lever & key operation from inside

Lockable handle & hold back facility

Internal deadlocking by snib

For door thickness 35-60mm

Backset 40mm (1047), 60mm (1048)

Finishes available: Brasslux, Chrome & Grey


10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Legge
Legge

Latchbolt mechanism

Holdback facility & deadlocking snib

Key operation from the outside, lever handle from inside

For Timber doors

For door thickness 35-60mm

Backset 60mm (1028), 40mm (1027)

Finishes available: Brass, Chrome, White & Grey


10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Mortice Locks & Rim Locks
10
81
NOTES
Mortice Locks & Rim Locks
11
82
Padlocks & New Locking
Products
Q Range Brass Padlocks All Terrain Padlocks
Combination Locks Cylinder Enhancer
Security Cylinder Combination Bolt
High Security Lockset Lock, Hasp & Staple Set
20
Suppliers of:
Section
83
Padlocks & New
Locking Products
4 & 5 Wheel Stronghold


Combination Locks
SHCB65 & SHCB75
Push Button Recodable
Combination Padlock
PBC40
Features

Hardened steel shackle

Solid brass lock body

Hardened internal parts

Protective plastic cover


Patented combination re-
codable mechanism

10,000 combinations - 4 wheel

100,000 combinations - 5 wheel


Benets

Revolving shackle offers extra


attack resistance

Easy to use large brass wheels

Provides high internal and external


corrosion resistance

Codes can be changed easily and


quickly to maintain security
Features

Spring loaded bolt locking


mechanism

Hardened steel shackle

Unique push button operation

3 dial combination re-codable


mechanism

Solid brass lock body

Attractive black nish


Benets

Provides higher level of security


than other combination padlocks

Easy to use

Codes can be changed easily


and quickly to maintain security
Solid Brass
lock body
Revolving
shackle
hardened
steel
Solid brass
lock body
with hardened
steel internal
parts
Anti pick
combination
mechanism
Special pull
button opening
mechanism
Model No: SHCB65 - 4 wheel
SHCB75 - 5 wheel
Model No: PBC40
Hardened
steel shackle
Spring loaded bolt
locking mechanism,
better security than
other combination
padlocks
Special push
button opening
and recoding
mechanism
"Q" Range by Squire
Value Range of Solid Brass Padlocks
Features

Competitive RRP' s

Solid brass lock body

Double Locking

Hardened Steel Shackles

Supplied in inner & outer


boxes

Boxes are barcoded

Counter top display


Benets

Value for money

Weather resistant

Extra Security

Extra Security

Take up less space than other


packaging methods

For stock & sales tracking

Eliminates theft
Outer Box Quantities
Model No. Specication Outer
Box Qty
QB20 20mm standard shackle 12
QB30 20mm standard shackle 12
QB40 20mm standard shackle 12
QB40KA 20mm standard shackle 12
QB40LS 20mm standard shackle 6
QB50 20mm standard shackle 6
QB50KA 20mm standard shackle 6
QB60 20mm standard shackle 6
"Q" Range
Merchandiser
Attractive "Q" Range
Box Packaging
A versatile value for money range of
solid brass padlocks that are suitable
for both internal and external use.
Supplied in inner and outer boxes for
easy and compact storage.
Typical security applications include:
Lockers, Luggage, Toolboxes, Sheds,
Gates, Lockups, Vans & Boats.
1
84
Padlocks & New
Locking Products
Push Button Recodable
Combination Bolt
PBB40
Features

Spring loaded bolt locking


mechanism

Hardened bolt case

Unique push button operation

4 dial combination re-codable


mechanism

Solid brass bolt body

Attractive black nish


Benets

Provides higher level of security


than other combination padlocks

Easy to use

Codes can be changed easily


and quickly to maintain security
All Terrain Padlocks
ATL4 & ATL5
Features

Hardened steel shackle

Solid brass lock body

Weatherproof dust cover

5 pin tumbler mechanism


Benets

Extra attack resistance

Extra resistance against bolt cropping

Provides high internal and external


corrosion resistance

1000' s of key differs


The Enhancer System is a simple, low cost protection system that
prevents the unauthorised removal of europrole cylinder by force.
Invisible when tted the Enhancer provides excellent security, even
against professional tools. The Enhancer is produced from solid steel
ingots that are shaped using high powered laser technology. The
Enhancer is highly resisant to side and end load making it a unique
crime prevention product.
When tted each Enhancer is capable of withstanding a force up to 1.7
tonnes. It is suitable for all sizes and makes of euro-prole cylinders and
can be easily retrotted to an existing door in minutes. The Enhancer
does not inhibit access to the locking system in any respect when an
engineer or locksmith needs to service.
Hardened
steel shackle
Soft feel
protective
cover
Watertight dust
cover
Enhancer with
Europrole
Cylinder
Model No: ATL4 - 45mm
ATL5 - 50mm
Model No: ENHANCER
Hi-Security Lockset
HLS50P5
Features
Lock Body

Hardened solid steel body

Hardened boron alloy steel


shackle

New black electrophoretic nish

5 pin tumbler mechanism


Hasp

S.G. iron material

Only 2 heavy duty bots required

New black powder coat nish


Benets
Lock Body

Extra resistance against attack

Extra resistance against bolt


cropping

Provides high internal & external


corrosion resistance
Hasp

Extra resistance against attack

Easy to t and very strong xings

Excellent anti-corrosion
resistance
Model No: HLS50P5 Model No: PBB40
Spring loaded bolt
locking mechanism,
better security than
other combination
locks
Anti pick
combination
mechanism
New black
electrophoretic
nish
Solid steel
CEN Padlock
Special
Hardened
Hasp
Hardened
steel case
The Enhancer
An Essential Low Cost Security
Upgrade
2
85
Merchandising Solutions - That Help You Sell More Products
Padlocks & New
Locking Products
BP55 Merchandiser
CT!12 Merchandiser CT24 Merchandiser
Spinners
Slat Wall Headers
New Price list
Decals
POS Box
Stronghold

Snapsafe


Security Cylinder
Before Attack - an undamaged
lock on a uPVC door.
After Attack - a thief has snapped
off the end of the cylinder but the
lock is protected and the key still
works
Padlock with Hasp & Staple
DCL1/ DCH1 - Lock & Hasp Set
DCH1 - Hasp & Staple
Break-ins involving doors tted with euro-cylinders are on the increase
and constant demands from victims and crime reduction authorities for
a solution have been met with the introduction of the Squire Stronghold
Snapsafe

cylinder.
Our design team came up with a simple modication to a standard
cylinder. This realistically accepts that a cylinder, when subjected to
physical attack, can break but that it should break without nullifying its
security.
As the illustration shows the cylinder will snap at a pre-selected position
leaving an in-built security zone inside the door furniture of the door with
two active pin chambers. In most instances, even after the attack, the
key holder will still be able to open the lock.
Features
DLC1 Padlock

Closed shackle

Stainless steel padlock

Hardened steel shackle

5 pin tumbler mechanism


DCH1 Hasp

Hardened steel staple

Concealed xings

Designed for use with DCL1


Benets

Extra resistance against attack

Excellent anti-corrosion resistance

Extra resistance against cutting attack

1000' s of key differs

Extra resistance against attack

No xings to attack

Extra resistance against cutting attack


Model No: DCL1/ DCH1 - Lock & Hasp Set
DCH1 - Hasp & Staple
TPB8 TPB9 TPB11 TPB12 TPB13 TPB15 TPB16 TPB17 TPB18 TPB19
BP85 Merchandiser BP65 Merchandiser
3
86
Heavy Duty Hasps
& Staples
Hasps Staples
20
Section A
87
PH-Hasps&Staples.qxd 20/2/07 1:56 pm Page 2
Code Size
EU HD06 6
EU HD08 8
EU HD010 10
EU HD012 12
EU HD014 14
EU HDV6 6

5mm Thick all steel construction

Hardened and welded hinge pin and staple

Durable baked painted finish

Walleted including fixings
Open Type
Code Size
EU HDS35/3 3.5/30mm
EU HDS35/4 3.5/40mm
EU HDS45 4.5/40mm
EU HDS55 5.5/40mm
EU HDS7 7/50mm
Safety Type
EU HD06
EU HD08
EU HD010
EU HDV6
LARGE
SPARE STAPLE
EU HDS35/3
EU HDS35/4
EU HDS45 EU HDS55
EU HDS7
LARGE
SPARE STAPLE
SMALL
SPARE STAPLE
1
Heavy Duty Hasps & Staples
88
PH-Hasps&Staples.qxd 20/2/07 1:56 pm Page 1
Mechanical & Electronic
Door locks
Mechanical Locks Electronic Locks
Suppliers of:
21
Section
89
Codelock 100 - Mechanical Range
1
Electronic Digital
Door Locks
This entry level lock provides a comprehensive range of functions for light duty entry
control, for inner ofce doors, storage rooms or cupboards in commercial premises,
or sheds, garage-to-house doors or cupboards at home.
Available in 4 functions to suit a wide variety of applications and in 2 nishes, the
CL100 locks offer excellent value for money.
Delivered with random, unrecorded codes, simply change the code by following
the clear instructions provided. Installation couldnt be simpler either just drill one
hole for the spindle, two holes for the xing bolts and one extra if a mortice latch is
required.
For Codelock 100 Applications See Page 3
Codelock 200 - Mechanical Range
Features

Simple convenient control

Easy to t

Available in 4 functions

Choice of 3 sizes of latch

Code changes in minutes

Our best value codelock


This premium range of light duty locks offers 5 functions in 2 PVD nishes, all of which are
available with key override as an option. Multiple locks can be supplied keyed alike.
Codelock 200 is suitable for a wide range of light duty entry control applications, in ofces,
warehouses, laboratories and around the home.
All products feature a bevelled hexagonal handle, tumbler alignment for easy code
changing, and durable PVD (physical vapour deposition) nishes.
As with all Codelocks, installation and code changing are simple, thanks to the easy to
follow, clear English instructions supplied.
For Codelock 200 Applications See Page 3
Features

PVD, low maintenance,


weather resistant nish

Available in 5 functions

Easy to t

Hexagonal bevelled handle


and lock case

Tumbler alignment for easy


code change

Key bypass option may be


specied on any function
Codelock 400 - Mechanical Range
This is a medium duty range with full size lever handles, allowing use as the primary lock on
doors where a knob-operated lock would be unsuitable.
The functions available allow for various ways of managing entry by code, by key and by
code free operation of the lever handle on the 415 and 425 models.
Throwing the deadbolt of the 420/425 models will lock out the code users when appropriate.
A safety feature ensures that the inside lever handle will retract the deadbolt so avoiding
accidentally locking a person in the room. The key can be used to retract the latchbolt and
so may be issued for cleaning and security staff use.
Codelock 400 can also be supplied as front and back plates only, for use with customers
own installed mortice locks, making it an ideal economic solution for high trafc door control
in health, educational and other institutional premises.
For Codelock 400 Applications See Page 3
Available in two PVD inishes:
Stainless Steel, Polished Brass
Available in two PVD nishes:
Stainless Steel, Polished Brass
Available in two nishes:
Silver Grey, Polished Brass
Features

Medium duty codelock

PVD, low maintenance,


weather resistant nish

Full size lever handles

Outside lever has a slipping


clutch to avoid damage to
the mechanism if forced

Easy code change as often


as required

Code free option available on


Mortice Lock/Latch functions
90
This is a heavy duty range with full size lever handles, allowing use as the primary lock
on most doors, particularly in high trafc situations.
The functions available allow for various ways of managing entry by code, by key and by
code free operation of the lever handle on the 515 and 525 models.
Throwing the deadbolt of the 520/525 models will lock out the code users when
appropriate. A safety feature ensures that the inside lever handle will retract the deadbolt
so avoiding accidentally locking a person in the room.
The key can be used to retract the latchbolt and so may be issued for cleaning and
security staff use.
For Codelock 500 Applications See Page 3
Codelock 2000 - Electronic Range
The electronic range of Codelocks represents a major step forward in entry control.
Based on Piezo technology, these products offer an exceptional battery life of 500,000
operations from the 4x1.5v AA cells@2900mAh.
The entry level CL2000 is a stylish design incorporating twin LED lamps within the
button housing. With fast, easy programming of up to 90 different user codes via the
keypad, the CL2000 is ideal for a wide range of light duty entry control applications, in
health, educational, commercial and residential environments.
Electronic functionality provides major benets over mechanical locks, such as
programming at the keypad, multiple codes, one-time user codes, remote release,
automatic re alarm release, and incorrect code alarm. The non volatile memory retains
settings when batteries are changed.
For Codelock 2000 Applications See Page 3
Codelock 4000 - Electronic Range
Available in two PVD nishes:
Stainless Steel, Polished Brass
Available in two PVD nishes:
Stainless Steel, Polished Brass
Electronic Digital
Door Locks
Codelock 500 - Mechanical Range
Features

Heavy duty codelock

PVD, low maintenance,


weather resistant nish

Full size lever handles

Outside lever has a slipping


clutch to avoid damage to
the mechanism if forced

Easy code change as often


as required

Code free option available


on Mortice Lock/Latch
functions
Piezo Power
Features

New Piezo technology

Over 500,000 operations from


4 x AA cells

PVD, weather resistant, low


maintenance nish

Connections for remote


release by reception
desk button

Connections for release by


alarm system

Code free entry mechanically


by key or electronically from
keypad

Allows up to 90 user codes

Tamper alarm & low battery


warning
Available in two PVD inishes:
Stainless Steel, Polished Brass
Piezo Power
Features

New Piezo technology

Over 500,000 operations from


4 x AA cells

PVD, weather resistant, low


maintenance nish

Connections for remote release


by reception desk button

Connections for release by


alarm system

Code free entry mechanically by


key or electronically from keypad

Allows up to 90 user codes

Tamper alarm & low battery


warning
CL4000 is a medium duty electronic lock offering all the functions of the CL2000, but with
the benet of full size lever handles which allow it to be used as the primary lock on doors
where a knob operated lock would not be suitable.
CL4000 is a stylish, contemporary design, programmable at the keypad with a range of
commands which makes it particularly suitable for medium duty use in health, educational,
commercial and residential environments.
Electronic functionality provides major benets over mechanical locks, such as programming
at the keypad, multiple codes, one-time user codes, remote release, automatic re alarm
release, and incorrect code alarm. The non volatile memory retains settings when batteries
are changed.
For Codelock 4000 Applications See Page 3
2
91
Codelock 5000 - Electronic Range
Mechanical &
Electronic Locks
Available in two PVD nishes:
Stainless Steel, Polished Brass
Piezo Power
Features

New Piezo technology

Over 500,000 operations from


4 x AA cells

PVD, weather resistant, low


maintenance nish

Connections for remote release


by reception desk button

Connections for release by


alarm system

Code free entry mechanically by


key or electronically from keypad

Allows up to 90 user codes

Tamper alarm &


low battery
warning
CL5000 is a heavy duty electronic Codelock with full size lever handles for use in high
trafc applications. The stylish, contemporary design incorporates all the
features of the CL2000 and CL4000 in a larger, more robust assembly.
Unlike the other locks in the range the CL5000 has a conventional 3x4 button keypad
with which most users will be instantly familiar.
Electronic functionality provides major benets over mechanical locks, such as
programming at the keypad, multiple codes, one-time user codes, remote release,
automatic re alarm release, and incorrect code alarm. The non volatile memory retains
settings when batteries are changed.
Programme commands include :
Set new User Code
Suspend and restore individual User Codes
Suspend, restore and delete all User Codes
Set One-time User Code
Set and cancel Code Free Mode
Change Master Code
For Codelock 5000 Applications See Below
Codelock Range
CL100 CONTRACT RANGE
CL100 Push Button Digital Lock Surface Deadbolt
CL150 Push Button Digital Lock Non Hold Back
CL155 Push Button Digital Lock With Holdback
CL190 Push Button Digital Lock Back to Back
*Available in Finishes of: Silver Grey, Polished Brass
CL200 PREMIER QUALITY KNOB HANDLE RANGE - LIGHT DUTY
CL200 Push Button Digital Lock Surface Mounted
CL200Key/over Push Button Digital Lock Surface Mounted
CL210 Push Button Digital Lock Mortice Deadbolt
CL250 Push Button Digital Lock Non Hold Back
CL250Key/over Push Button Digital Lock Non Hold Back With Key Overide
CL255 Push Button Digital Lock With Holdback
CL255Key/over Push Button Digital Lock C/W Hold Back With Key Overide
CL290BB Push Button Digital Lock Back to Back
CL290BB/Key over Push Button Digital Lock Non Hold Back With Key Overide
*Available in TWO PVD Finishes of: Stainless Steel, Polished Brass
CL400 PREMIER QUALITY LEVER HANDLE RANGE - MEDIUM DUTY
CL400 Plates Only: Utilising existing door lock or door latch
CL405 Plates Only: as 400 with code free entry option
CL410 Mortice Latch
CL410BB Mortice Latch Back to Back
CL415 Mortice Latch with code free entry option
CL420 CL420 Lock
CL425 Mortice Latch with safety feature and code free entry option
*Available in TWO PVD Finishes of: Stainless Steel, Polished Brass
CL500 PREMIER QUALITY LEVER HANDLE RANGE - HEAVY DUTY
CL500 Plates Only: Utilising door lock or door latch
CL500PK Coded front plate only with extra long spindle suitable for
single point panic pads ,Bars
CL505 Plates Only: as 500 with code free entry option
CL510 Mortice Latch
CL510BB Mortice Latch Back to Back
CL515 Mortice Latch with code free entry option
CL500 Cont.
CL515BB Mortice Latch Back To Back with code free entry option
CL520 Mortice Lock with safety feature
CL520BB Mortice Lock Back To Back
CL525 Mortice Lock with code free entry option
CL525BB Mortice Lock with code free entry option
*Available in TWO PVD Finishes of: Stainless Steel, Polished Brass
CL2000 PIEZO-ELECTRONIC LOCKS: KNOB HANDLES - LIGHT DUTY
CL2010 Mortice Latch
CL2020 Mortice Lock with Key Overide, Code lockout by deadbolt
operation and safety feature
*Available in TWO PVD Finishes of: Stainless Steel, Polished Brass
CL4000 PIEZO-ELECTRONIC LOCKS: KNOB HANDLES - MEDIUM DUTY
CL4010 Mortice Latch
CL4020 Mortice Lock with Key Overide ,Code lockout by deadbolt
operation and safety feature
*Available in TWO PVD Finishes of: Stainless Steel, Polished Brass
CL5000 PIEZO-ELECTRONIC LOCKS: KNOB HANDLES - HEAVY DUTY
CL5010 Mortice Latch
CL5020 Mortice Lock with Key Overide ,Code lockout by deadbolt
operation and safety feature
CL 5020BB Mortice Lock Back To Back with Key Overide, Code lockout
by deadbolt operation and safety feature
*Available in TWO PVD Finishes of: Stainless Steel, Polished Brass,
* For Product Codes including Individual Finishes please see price list.
3
92
Briton Cobra Digital
Lock Range
Mechanical Locks Electronic Locks
Suppliers of:
21
Section A
93
Briton Cobra Digital
Lock Range
1
94
Mechan|ca| & E|ectron|c
Door |ocks
N Mechanical Locks N Electronic Locks
21
Section B
Suppliers of:
95
Mechanical & Electronic Locks
The 3000 Ser|es use the same pushbutton key pads as the
2000, but offers more model variants to suit a wider range
of applications. They include; key override models (BL3600
& BL3700j enabling the code to be overridden by the key;
rim fxing deadbolts (BL3500 & BL3600j for greater security,
and two hook bolt models (3800 & 3900j for sliding doors
- proving that Borg provides a model suitable for virtually
every application.
The BL2000 Ser|es g y p is a range of fully mechanical pushbutton
coded locks. The ergonomc design and simple operating
procedure ensures access for authorised personnel only.
Automatic locking until correct code is entered, anti-thrust
latch plus over 8,000 different combinations to choose from
provide greater security.
Easy to ft, (can be supplied with fttings to suit doors up
to 80mm thickj and with all parts and fttings included, it is
ideal for low usage applications.
Borg|ocks Codestar - Series
Our Prem|um Range of mechanical pushbutton coded
locks. All engineered and manufactured to the highest
standard, using premium grade components, many of which
are made from stainless steel for greater longevity.
The range is fnished to the highest standards using the
latest technology enabling Borg to offer 'lifetime guarantees'
against faulty components or workmanship. Each model
has been cycle tested to more than 100,000 operations,
further guaranteeing their durability and strength.
2500 SS F|ont
5000 SS F|ont
Features
N
60mm Latch (50 & 70mm Available
Optional Holdback (3600 & 3700)
N
50,000 Cycle Test
N
Suitable for Sliding Doors
(3800 & 3900)
N
Non-Handed
N
Keyed Alike Option (3700) 3600
5 Year Guarantee
N
Over 8000 Combinations
N
Fully Mechanical
N
Simple Code Changing
Borg|ocks 3000 - Series
3500 SC F|ont
Features
N
NEW Tumbler Design Eliminates
Recording Errors
N
100,000 Cycle Test
N
Lifetime Guarantee Super Stainless
& Super Brass Finshes
N
PVD Coated
N
Reversible
N
Early Clearplate
N
Fully Mechanical
N
Free Passage Option
N
Weatherproof
Borg|ocks 2000 - Series
3700 SC F|ont
2500 SS F|ont
Sat|n
C||ome
Po||s|ed
C||ome
Features
N
Salt Water Prooff
N
100,000 Cycle Test
N
MG Coating
N
Holdback/Free Passage
N
Key Override
N
Simple Code Changing
N
Reversible
N
Unconditional Guarantee Against
Faulty Material & Workmanship
N
Fully Mechanical
N
2 Year Guarantee
Borg|ocks Mar|ne Grade - Series
2700 Ma||ne
G|ade F|ont
5200MG Ma||ne
G|ade F|ont
The Mar|ne Ser|es range of products has been developed
specifcally for marine grade applications and in particular
to comply with the requirements of the lSPS code.
Manufactured using marine grade stainless steel all the
internal parts have undergone extensive salt water testing
and are therefore guaranteed to resist corrosion.
A special 5 layer marine grade polished chrome fnish is
applied to the outer housing & knob which are guaranteed
to resist corrosion for at least 2 years.
Ma||ne G|ade
Po||s|ed C||ome
2600 Ma||ne
G|ade F|ont
Features
N
NEW Tumbler Design Eliminates
Recording Errors
N
60mm Latch (50 & 70mm Available)
N
50,000 Cycle Test
N
Optional Holdback (2200)
N
Early Clear Plate
N
Non-Handed
N
Unconditional Guarantee
N
Fully Mechanical
N
5 Year Guarantee
N
Over 8000 Combinations
S0oe|
Sta|n|ess
S0oe|
B|ass
Sat|n
C||ome
Po||s|ed
B|ass
5 YEAR YEAR
GUARANTEE
5 YEAR
GUARANTEE
5 YEAR
GUARANTEE
2 YEAR
GUARANTEE
Po||s|ed
B|ass
1
96
A new des|gn of mechanical pushbutton coded lock for
medium to heavy duty usage. Sequential coding ensures
greater security, & simple code changing prevents any code
changing errors. With its slim shape & having an upward
action, it has been designed to work with a range of multi-
point locks. lt has an 8mm square drive so it can also work
with many different types of locks, making it ideal for retro
ftting. lt is permanently clutched making the handle free
swinging until the correct code is entered.
Borg|ocks 5000/5001 - Series
Features
N
Salt Water Proof
N
Clutched
N
Free Passage
N
Key Override
N
Simple Code Changing
N
Works with Multi-Point Lock
N
Reversible
N
Unconditional Guarantee Against
Faulty Material & Workmanship
N
Fully Mechanical
N
Sequential Coding
N
PVD Coated
Borg|ocks 6000 - Series (ldeal for PvCu Applicationsj
6000 F|ont
Features
N
Weatherproof
N
Clutched
N
60 x 72mm Lock Case
N
100,000 Cycle Test
N
PVD Coated
N
Free Passage Option
N
Key Override and Latch Withdrawl
N
Simple Code Changing
N
Reversible
N
Compatible with Leading
Brands of Panic Devices
N
Suitable for DDA Applications
5000 PB F|ont
6100 F|ont
6000 Bac|
A fu||y mechan|ca| A fu||y mechan|ca| pushbutton coded lock designed for pushbutton coded lock designed for
medium duty usage, supplied with all the necessary fttings,
including its own 60 x 70mm lock case which has double
throw on the deadbolt & key to latch control.
Recent improvements to its design make this the best
value for money and most endurable access controls on
the market.
(5001 Se||es |s s0oo||ed w|t| a t0o0|a| mo|t|ce |atc|I
Po||s|ed
B|ass
Po|s|ed
C||ome
Sat|n
C||ome
Sat|n
Sta|n|ess
5100 SS
Features
N
Clutched Handle
N
60/70mm Latch Available
N
Free Passage Feature
N
Simple Code Changing
N
Reversible
N
Recognise up to 30 Different
Fingerprints
N
Simple Fingerprint Enrollment
N
Suit Door Thickeness from 30 to 54mm
N
Stainless Steel Latch c/w Anti-Thrust Pin
N
Battery Operated
N
Key Override
Borg|ocks 9000 - Series
battery powered biometric (fngerprintj
lock. With 3 methods of entry; fngerprint
override. lt has a cast steel construction
eel keypad for durability and strength, & is
ther 60 or 70mm stainless steel latch with
uses an optical sensor with high resolution
uarantees accuracy and therefore speed of
rint deletion and enrollment is completed
directly on the the lock, no software
needed.
A stand a|one battery powered electronic pushbutton code
lock. This lock has a cast steel construction and stainless
steel keypad for durability & strength & is supplied with
a 60mm stainless steel latch with anti-thrust pin (70mm
also avaiablej. There are 31 different user codes in the
standard unit with master code and a free passage feature
when security is not required. To avoid disruption and for
convenience the code can be changed
on the door.
Features
N
Clutched
N
60/70mm Latch Available
N
Suitable for 30-54mm Doors
N
Free Passage
N
Key Override
N
Lever Handle
N
Simple Code Changing
N
Battery Operated
N
Reversible
N
Unconditional Guarantee Against
Faulty Material & Workmanship
N
Sequential Coding
Borg|ocks 7000 - Series
Sat|n
C||ome
W||te
Sat|n
C||ome
E|ect|on|c
7000 F|ont
7000 Bac|
5 YEAR YEAR
GUARANTEE
2 YEAR
GUARANTEE
2 YEAR
GUARANTEE
9000 Bac|
2 YEAR
GUARANTEE
9000 F|ont
Sat|n
C||ome
E|ect|on|c B|omet||c
2
Mechanical & Electronic Locks
97
Th|s Un|que New Product has been designed & developed
by Borg specifcally for locker doors of most types. Eliminating
the need for keys & wrist bands & instead allowing users to
program their own user lD and pass code.
lt is a stand alone battery powered locker lock, featuring
an 8 digit alpha numeric key pad and an 8 digit master
code providing 40,000 combinations. Overall projection
only 16mm. Tamperproof design and programming. Fully
waterproof and chlorine resistant.
Borg|ocks Gate Lock
The Gate Lock is another new & unique product from borg k
which combines two Marine Grade keypads (Back to Backj,
with a special lockcase with anti-ligature features and an
adjustable latch bolt, designed to ft metal gates of various
sizes and types. This self locking system is designed to
be adjustable as possible, being fully reversible, makes
it suitable for left and right handed gates. Using the two
telescopic fxing screws supplied, makes the gatelock
simply to ft to most gates.
3100 Meta|
Features
N
Anti-Ligature Housing & Knob
N
Same Footprint as Assa Coinlock
N
Fully Water/Chlorine Resistant
N
Symbolised LCD Screen
N
Metal Buttons & Housing
N
Over 1500 Code Combinations
N
8 Hour Time Lapse, Locker Re-Opens
N
Emergency Access in the Event of Power Failure
N
Suitable for Doors 10 - 25mm
N
Tested to 30,000 Cycles
N
Battery Life Over 10,000 Cycles
N
Battery Low Indicator
Borg|ocks Locker Lock
Features
N
NEW design, makes recoding simple & error-free
N
To suit gate proles 40-80mm
N
Easy grip anti-ligature handles
N
Anti-climb housing
N
Easily reverisble
N
Simple installation, two telescopic xings
N
Marine grade quality, Saltwater tested
N
14 Digit keypad
N
Adjustable sprung latch
N
8000+ combinations
N
Secuity xings
/oc|e| F|ont |
Features
N
NEWDesign Makes Recoding Simple &
Error-Free
N
DDA Compatible
N
12 Digit Keypad
N
Full Size Lever Handles
N
Clutched Keypad Handle
N
Fully Reversible
N
Free Access Feature
N
Special Plate for Bolt Through Fixing
N
PVD Coated - Lifetime Guarantee o
N
Comaptible with 2000 Fixing Point,
Ideal for Upgrade
Sat|n
C||ome
Sat|n
C||ome
E|ect|on|c
Ser|es y are medium duty mechanical access
ey have exactly the same fxing centres as 2000
ch make them ideal for upgrade, simply remove
nd replace with the 4000 model. Apart from a
er handle the 4000 has a host of extra features
lutch protection, optional free passage, DDA
embossed buttons, and a 12 digit keypad.
eries is supplied with either a 60mm backset
tubular latch (4001j or a 60x72mm Euro
profle sash lockcase (4000j
ocks 4000 - Series
4001 SC F|ont
Sat|n ||
C||ome
B|ac|
3100 PC
4101 B|ac| Bac|
NEW
PRODUCT PRODUCT
NEW
PRODUCT
5 YEAR
GUARANTEE
3
Mechanical & Electronic Locks
98
Electronic Door locks
Simplex E-Plex Oracode Hotel Locking
21
Suppliers of:
Section C
99
Electronic Locks
SIMPLEX

Mechanical pushbutton lock

Simple, single access code

No batteries

No wiring

Economical

Multiple operation modes:


Single credential (PIN) access
Passage
Lockout
The Simplex and E-Plex 5000 Series is the complete toolkit for all your access control
needs. Built on ve decades of reliable and convenient keyless entry, this Series
provides everything from the simplicity of mechanical single code access to the
added security and features of electronic access control.
Meet All Your Needs With The Simplex and E-Plex 5000 Series

Cylindrical, mortise or exit trim locking options

PIN, PROX or dual credential access

Single or multiple access codes

Easy-to-use software available to simplify management of doors and access users

Available features include audit trails, access schedules, remote unlock passage
and privacy

Quick and easy through-bolt installation no wiring to or through the door


SIMPLEX

/ E-PLEX

EASY TO INSTALL - EASY TO
MAINTAIN


Four bolt installation

No Wiring

One door prep
Common template lets you change from mechanical to
electronic, or electronic to mechanical with ease
Universal Exit Trim Mount ts most leading brands of exit
devices

Installs easily on wood or metal doors

Interchangeable knobs and levers

Non-handed / eld reversible ts both left- and
right-hand doors

Extra heavy-duty locks provide unparalleled strength
ANSI / BHMA Grade 1 Certied

Both housings are rugged and weather-resistant can be
mounted outdoors, no installation gaskets required

Outstanding technical support team with excellent reputation

Threeyear warranty
Finishes
Bright
Brass
Satin
Brass
Black
Satin
Chrome
Duranodic
SIMPLEX


5000
Features

Locking Device Options

Interchangeable Knob &


Lever

Key Override

Pin Access

Multiple Users -
Single Code
1
100
Electronic Locks
E-PLEX


Electronic access control

No wire installation - to or through the door

Multiple authority levels give you control


over who has access to specic features:
Master level can perform all setup and
programming functions
Manager / Maintenance level can
administrate common programming
functions
Authorized access user level
Service level codes for single event or
single day access
Visitor management for access up to
one - year with expiry (E-Plex 5200 and
5700)

Programmable Lock Functions:


Entry lock normally locked, passage
mode can be activated by
authorized operator
Storeroom lock normally locked,
passage mode deactivated
Residence lock remains in passage until
locked from interior with deadbolt
or exterior key command
Privacy lock activated from inside,
restricts entry to privileged master or
manager level user, or key override
Remote unlock (optional) from up
to 100 feet away

Easy-to-Use Software:
Simplies management of doors and
access users
Match each door and users access
requirement to security needs
Point and click software lets you
manage users
Settings are easily cloned permitting
quick multi-lock set-ups
Up to 32 holiday and vacation blocks
(E-Plex 5200 and 5700)
Up to 16 access schedules
(E-Plex 5200 and 5700)

Wireless Communication:
No cables are needed to upload and
download your data
Communicates through infrared data
transfer function of a handheld PDA
(personal digital assistant)
Fully contained E-Plex electronics
module eliminates repair hassles
E-PLEX

2000
Features

Mechanical pushbutton lock

Simple, single access code

No batteries

No wiring

Economical

Multiple operation modes


E-PLEX

5200
Features

Locking Device Options

Interchangeable Knob & Lever

Key Override

Pin Access

Multiple Users - x100 Codes

Audit Capabilty - 30,000 Events

Access Schedules & Holiday Blocks


E-PLEX

5700
Features

Locking Device Options

Interchangeable Knob & Lever

Key Override

Pin Access

Multiple Users - x100 Codes

Audit Capabilty - 30,000 Events

Access Schedules & Holiday Blocks

Prox

Dual Credential
E-PLEX

5000
Features

Locking Device Options

Interchangeable Knob & Lever

Key Override

Pin Access

Multiple Users - x100 Codes

Audit Capabilty - 3,000 Events


Specications
Locking Trims Cylindrical Latch, Mortise (E-Plex Only), Rim Exit Device
Construction Mechanical Construction: Extra Heavy Duty Lock, Solid Cast Housings, Solid Cast Levers
Numeric Keypad: Vandal Resistant Metal Keys
Installation Door Thickness: Cylindrical 35 - 57mm, Mortise 44 - 57mm, Exit Trim 44 - 57mm, Non Handed / Field Reversible,
Minimum Stile 127mm
Key Override Options Key-in-Lever / Knob Cylinders (cylinder included) Small / Large Format Interchangeable Cores
Batteries (E-Plex) 4 x AA Alkaline Batteries
Certication / Testing Accessibilty Standard: Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Latch Fire Rating: 3 Hour U.L./U.L.C. Fire Door Rating,
Durability: ANSI/BHMA AI56.2 & .25, BHMA Grade 1 Certication
Customizable User 2 to 20 Second Relock Time, 4 to 8 Digit User Codes, Anti Tamper (disables lock after multiple
Preferences (E-Plex) invalid code entries)
2
101
NEW
PRODUCT
NEW
PRODUCT
Electronic Locks
Access control for guestrooms and facilities, as well as back-of-the-house.
Easily replaces mechanical or electronic door locks throughout a facility.
An economical choice for immediate increase in security.

Can be integrated into an existing master key system

Scalable to specic hotel needs and budget

No wiring required

Ease of use for both guests and staff

Requires only 3 AA batteries

Compatibility with major PMS vendors

Operates with keycard in insert motion in open reader slot so foreign
objects are easily removed

Completely eld reversible

Emergency access by emergency keycard, mechanical key or electronic
override reduces risks of drilling lock

Easy & economical upgrade from System 700 Locks to the E-760 System
E-760

Simplies or eliminates the check-in process and permits after-hours
check-in without staff assistance on-site. There is no hardwire or
need for communication once the door it is initially programmed, all access codes are
easily assigned. Code can be generated on site or off site and can be transmitted by
phone, fax or e-commerce.

There are no keys or cards to be lost, malfunction or stolen

No wiring and no need to install software

Increase security immediately and economically

Simplies and secures vendor access

Guests nd the system easy to use

Can be integrated into an existing master key system

Weather Resistant

Generates revenues

128 user levels

No need for guest to return a card or key

Lock needs to be programmed ONCE
ORACODE

3
102
21
Simplex Supplied by:
Section D
Mechanical
Push Button Locks
1000 Series 2015 Series 3000 Series 5000 Series
6200 Series 7100 Series 8100 Series 900 Series
9600 Series EE1000 Series L1000 Series
LP1000 Series
103
1000 Series Push Button Lock
The 1000 Series lock provides fully mechanical pushbutton access control
with no electrical wiring, electronics, or batteries. Exterior access is by
combination. Egress is by interior knob and is free at all times. 1000 Series
locksets are the best choice for limiting access to high-trafc, security-
sensitive areas in commercial, institutional, residential, and industrial
buildings. These locks are ideal for locations with a high personnel turnover
rate such as data processing centers, employee entrances, R&D labs,
apartments, dormitories, and restricted areas in hospitals and airports.
Heavy Duty - Ansi 156.2 Grade 1
3 Hour UL/ULC Fire Rating (A Label Doors)
High Usage
Optional Passage set
Optional Key Override
Deadlocking Cylinder Latch
Knob Handle
Non-Handed Field Reversible
70mm (2 34) Backset
35 to 57mm (1 3/8 to 2 14) Door Thickness
Satin or Bright Chrome and Brass nishes
Simple On Door Code Change
Mechanical
Push Button Locks
1
The L1000 Series lock provides fully mechanical pushbutton access control
with no electrical wiring, electronics, or batteries. Exterior access is by
combination. Egress is by interior lever and is free at all times.
The lock meets Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) standards. L1000
Series locksets are ideal for limiting access to high-trafc, security-sensitive
areas in commercial, institutional, residential, and industrial buildings.
These locks are perfect for locations with a high personnel turnover rate such
as data processing centers, employee entrances, R&D labs, apartments,
dormitories, and restricted areas in hospitals and airports.
L1000 Series Push Button Lock
Heavy Duty - Ansi 156.2 Grade 1
3 Hour UL/ULC Fire Rating (A Label Doors)
High Usage
Optional Passage set
Optional Key Override
Optional Lockout
Deadlocking Cylinder Latch
Lever Handle
Factory Handed Non-Field Reversible
70mm (2 34) Backset
35 to 57mm (1 3/8 to 2 14) Door Thickness
Satin or Bright Chrome and Brass nishes
ADA Compliant
Simple On Door Code Change
The LP1000 Series lock is a fully mechanical pushbutton access control
with no electrical wiring, electronics, or batteries. This lock is designed to
operate surface mounted exit devices (not supplied) from the outside using
a tailpiece, replacing the key cylinder on new or existing devices.
Exterior access is by combination. Egress is by interior exit device and is
free at all times. The LP1000 lock meets Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) standards. The lock can be used with many leading brands of surface-
mounted (rim-mounted) exit devices; however, the LP1000 cannot be used
with mortise design or most vertical rod exit devices. The exit device can
be dogged open without affecting the operation of the lock. Designed for
high-frequency use and indoor or outdoor applications.
LP1000 Series Push Button Lock
Heavy Duty - Ansi 156.2 Grade 1
3 Hour UL/ULC Fire Rating (A Label Doors)
High Usage
Optional Key Override
Lever Handle
Factory Handed Non-Field Reversible
70mm (2 34) Backset
35 to 57mm (1 3/8 to 2 14) Door Thickness
Satin or Bright Chrome nishes
ADA Compliant
Simple On Door Code Change
EE1000 Series Push Button Lock
The KE1000 Series lock is a fully mechanical pushbutton access control
with no electrical wiring, electronics, or batteries. This lock is designed to
operate surface mounted exit devices (not supplied) from the outside using
a tailpiece, replacing the key cylinder on new or existing devices.
Exterior access is by combination. Egress is by interior exit device and is
free at all times. The LP1000 lock meets Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) standards. The lock can be used with many leading brands of surface-
mounted (rim-mounted) exit devices; however, the LP1000 cannot be used
with mortise design or most vertical rod exit devices. The exit device can
be dogged open without affecting the operation of the lock. Designed for
high-frequency use and indoor or outdoor applications.
Heavy Duty - Ansi 156.2 Grade 1
3 Hour UL/ULC Fire Rating (A Label Doors)
High Usage
Optional Key Override
Deadlocking Cylinder Latch
Knob Handle
Non-Handed Field Reversible
70mm (2 34) Backset
35 to 57mm (1 3/8 to 2 14) Door Thickness
Satin or Bright Brass and Satin Chrome nishes
Simple On Door Code Change
104
2015 Series Push Button Lock
The 2015 Series lock is a fully mechanical pushbutton access control
with no electrical wiring, electronics, or batteries. This lock is designed
to operate surface mounted exit devices (not supplied) from the outside
using a tailpiece, replacing the key cylinder on new or existing devices. Any
standard pull can be mounted with the 2015 Series. Exterior access is by
combination. Egress is by interior exit device and is free at all times. The lock
can be used with many leading brands of surface-mounted (rim-mounted)
exit devices; however, the 2015 Series cannot be used with surface-mounted
exit devices with counterclockwise rotating hubs or with thumb-operated,
mortise design, or most vertical rod exit devices. The exit device can be
dogged open without affecting the operation of the lock. Designed for
high-frequency use and indoor or outdoor applications.
Highly Weather Resistant
All Metal Cast Front Housing
Non Handed
Clockwise (to 90) tailpiece rotation
76mm (3) Minimum stile required
35 to 64mm (1 3/8 to 2 12 ) Door Thickness
Optional 102mm (4) Door Thickness
Satin Chrome nish
Simple On Door Code Change
The 3000 Series lock provides fully mechanical pushbutton access control
for narrow stile aluminum glass doors, with no electrical wiring, electronics,
or batteries. Exterior access is by combination or key override. Egress is by
Adams Rite hardware and is free at all times.
3000 Series locks are ideal for limiting access to high trafc, security
sensitive areas in commercial, institutional, government and industrial
buildings. These locks are perfect for locations with a high personnel
turnover rate such as data processing centers, employee entrances, R&D
labs, apartments, dormitories and restricted areas in hospitals and airports.
3000 Series Push Button Lock
Designed for Narrow Stile Aluminium Doors
In or Out Swing doors
Uses Adams Rite 4510/4710 Mortise Lock
Uses Standard Adams Rite Exit Hardware
Key Override, Lockout and Passage Features
Stile Width 48mm (1 34) Minimum Req
Stile Thickness 44mm (1 34) Max
Backset either 25 or 29 mm (31/32 or 1 1/8)
Requires Factory Handed Drive Mechanism
Satin Chrome Finish
Simple On Door Code Change
The Simplex 5000 lock provides fully mechanical pushbutton access
control without any wiring, electronics or batteries. Exterior access is by
combination. Egress is by interior lever and is free at all times. Lock is ADA
(Americans with Disabilities Act) compliant.
The Simplex 5000 is ideal for controlling access to high-trafc,
securitysensitive areas in commercial, industrial, educational, governmental,
lodging, and multi-unit residential settings. Perfect for locations with a high
user turnover rate such as data processing centers, employee entrances,
R&D labs, apartments, dormitories, and restricted areas in hospitals and
airports.
5000 Series Push Button Lock
Extra Heavy Duty - Ansi 156.2 Grade 1 Certied
3 hour UL/ULC Fired Door rating
Complies with Americans with Disabilities Act
Internal drive parts in cast Stainless Steel
High Usage Key Override as Standard
Choice of Best or Kaba Override Cylinders
Deadlocking Cylinder Latch
Lever Handle Non handed
35 to 57mm (1 3/8 to 2 14) Door Thickness
70mm (2 34) Backset
Satin Chrome, Lifetime Satin and Bright Brass
Finishes
Simple on Door code change
6200 Series Push Button Lock
The 6200 Series primary lock provides fully mechanical pushbutton access
control with no electrical wiring, electronics, or batteries. Exterior access is
by combination. Egress is by interior knob and is free at all times.
The lockset automatically relocks each time the door closes. 6200 Series
locksets provide affordable pushbutton convenience for commercial or
residential applications. These locks are ideal for front and rear doors,
garages, garden cabanas, utility rooms and workshops.
Light Commercial & Residential Lock
All Metal Cast Front
Forceproof Clutch Thumbturn
Deadlocking 13mm (1/2) Cylinder Latch
Backset 60 or 70mm (2 3/8 or 2 34)
35 to 57mm (1 3/8 to 2 14) Door Thickness
Factory Handed Left Field Reversible
Grey. Black, Almond and Gold Tone Finishes
Simple On Door Code Change
Mechanical
Push Button Locks
2
105
9600 Series Push Button Lock
9600 Series Cabinet Locks use the same proven combination system as
our other pushbutton access controls, and are specically designed for
cabinet doors, desk drawers, and similar applications. Ideal for use in many
locations: medicine chests, liquor cabinets, gun boxes, courier pick-up
boxes, home entertainment units, cleaning supply cabinets, tool chests,
private les, display cases, supply cabinets, audio-visual cabinets, and
petty cash drawers.
Cabinet, Desk Drawer and OEM Pushbutton Lock
All Metal cast Front Plate
Wood Door Thickness 16mm to 22mm
(5/8 to 7/8)
Metal Door Thickness 0.9mm to 1.9mm
(20 to 14 Gauge)
End or Cross throw Bolt
Bright or Satin Brass or Satin Chrome Finish
Optional Key Override
Mounts Horizontally or Vertically
Simple On Door Code Change
Mechanical
Push Button Locks
3
7100 Series Push Button Lock
The 7000 Series lockset provides fully mechanical primary or auxiliary
pushbutton access control with no electrical wiring, electronics, or
batteries. Exterior access is by combination. Egress is by interior thumbturn
and is free at all times.
Deadbolt models are manually relocking. Deadlocking latch models
automatically relock each time the door closes. 7000 Series locksets are
suitable for residential or light commercial applications. The streamlined
housing with integrated pull makes the lock ideal for front and rear doors,
garages, conference rooms, ofces, garden cabanas, utility rooms and
workshops. Mounts above existing lockset, or can be used alone.
Light Commercial & Residential Lock
All Metal Cast Front
Forceproof Clutch Thumbturn
Optional Manual Deadbolt or Auto
Deadlocking Latch
Optional Deadlocking Rim Night-latch
Backset 60 or 70mm (2 3/8 or 2 34)
35 to 57mm (1 3/8 to 2 14) Door Thickness
Non Handed
Satin Chrome and Bright Brass (Not 7006)
Optional Powder Paints
Simple On Door Code Change
8100 Series locksets are ideal for limiting access to high-trafc, security-
sensitive areas in commercial, institutional, residential, and industrial
buildings. These locks are perfect for locations with a high personnel
turnover rate such as data processing centers, employee entrances,
R&D labs, apartments, dormitories, and restricted areas in hospitals and
airports. The pushbutton design eliminates problems associated with the
issue, control, and collection of keys and magnetic cards.
The combination can be quickly and easily changed to ensure continued
maximum security once employees, tenants, or guests leave, saving the
cost of new keys, key cylinders, magnetic cards, and card-encoding
devices.
8100 Series Push Button Lock
Heavy Duty - Ansi 156.3
3 Hour UL/ULC Fire Rating (A Label Doors)
High Usage
Passage set & Lockout
Key Override
Mortise Lockcase with Optional Deadbolt
Lever Handle
Factory Handed Non-Field Reversible
70mm (2 34) Backset
38 to 57mm (1 12 to 2 14) Door Thickness
Satin or Bright Brass and Satin Chrome
nishes
ADA Compliant
Simple On Door Code Change
The 900 Series Simplex auxiliary lockset provides fully mechanical
pushbutton access control with no electrical wiring, electronics, or batteries.
Exterior access is by combination.
Egress is by interior thumbturn and is free at all times. Deadbolt models
are manually relocking. Deadlocking spring latch models automatically
relock each time the door closes, with standard latch holdback. 900 Series
locksets are suitable for commercial or residential applications.
900 Series Push Button Lock
Light Commercial & Residential Lock
All Metal Cast Front
Forceproof Clutch Thumbturn
Optional Manual Deadbolt or Auto
Deadlocking Latch
35 to 54mm (1 3/8 to 2 1/8) Door Thickness
Backset 65mm (2 9/16) Out-swing Doors
Backset 64mm (2 12) In-swing Doors
Field Reversible Handing, Invert Lock for
RH Doors
Satin Brass or Satin Chrome Finish
Various Options inc Surface Strike, Panic Bar
Release etc
Simple On Door Code Change
106
Mechanical Code Access
Door locks
Mechanical Coded Locks
21
Suppliers of:
Section E
107
Mechanical Code
Access Door Locks
Designed to provide access to authorised persons only, effectively,
economically and efciently in ofces, warehouses, on storerooms,
locker rooms, cabinets, garages, caravans, sheds, gates, at home,
almost anywhere, without having the inconvenience of keys.
Some of the obvious benets of using Lockey door locks are:

Total convenience

Keyless

Quality & reliability

Unique code change chamber & tumblers to eliminate
code change errors

Purely mechanical (minimising installation & maintenance costs)

For use at home & in the workplace

For internal & external use

For single, double, rebated & sliding doors (of varying size & widths)

A wide range of different models, functions and nishes for a wide
variety of applications

Code easily changed by authorised person

Come complete with all necessary parts, template for drilling


and full installation instructions to ensure easy and
accurate installation and smooth problem free operation

New models: Super 8' s, Deluxe (DX) & Heavy Duty 1650.
Specications:
Finishes:
SC - Satin chrome, recommended for external use
BB - Bright brass, AB - Antique brass, AC - Antique copper
JB - Jet black, R - Red
(AB, AC, JB available in certain models only)
Add colour abbreviation to end of part reference
The 2200, 2210 & 2500 bolt models must be turned to re-lock.
The 2430/35, 2435K, 2430DS, 1150, B8235 & 3235 lock automatically
Lockey 2435K
2435K Mortise latch with
'Key bypass'

Internal handle

Latch bolt 70mm back set,

with anti thrust pin

Finishes: SC, BB,

Hold back facility

Auto re-lock
Options
2435KD - keyed different
2435KA - keyed alike
2435KM - keyed to master
Lockey 2430 & 2435
2430 Mortise latch

Internal handle

Latch bolt 60mm back set,


with anti-thrust pin

Finishes: SC, BB

2435 Mortise latch

Internal handle

Latch bolt 60mm back set,


with anti-thrust pin

Finishes: SC, BB, AB, JB, R

Hold back facility


51 26
40 34
1
5
2
51
47
12
1
5
2
6
2
51
47
12
1
5
2
6
2
51 26
41 50
1
5
2
Lockey 2430/ 10DS & 2435DS/ K
2430/ 10DS & 2435DS/ K
Double Sided Combination Bolt

Authorised entry and exit

Mortise latch bolt with 60 or


70mm back set

Anti thrust pin

Mortise deadbolt option with


stainless core shaft with
' 60mm back set

Option of key bypass


(on 1 side only)

Ideal for external gates

Finish: SC, BB
51 26
40 34
1
5
2
51 26
41 50
1
5
2
1
108
Mechanical Code
Access Door Locks
Lockey 2500
2500 Hook Bolt

For sliding doors

Surface mounted hook bolt

For wooden, aluminum & UPVC

Option with key bypass

Manual throw back to re-lock

Finishes: SC
Lockey Super 8's
Lockey 2230NL
40
43
43
40
65
1
9
0
Super 8 Mortise latch

Internal and external large


knobs (B8235) or revesible lever
handles & magnetic latch (7055)

Larger press buttons for ease

Will accept the same code digit twice


i.e. C22818 unique to the Lockey range

Newly designed code chamber for


simplicity

Mortise Latch bolt with 60 or 70mm


backset

Hold back facility

Finishes: (B8235) SC, (7055) SC, BB


1
9
3
45
51 26
40 34
1
5
2
6
18
20
51
4
8
2
7
51 26
40 34
1
5
2
2230NL Front Body Only

Adapted to use together


with specied rim night latches &
internal re exit hardware
(not supplied)

Will suit narrow style doors

Option with key bypass

Finishes: SC, BB, AB, AC, JB


Lockey 1150/ 1650
1150 Mortise Magnetic Latch Bolt

Internal and external lever handles


or large easy grip knobs (1650)

Magnetic latch bolt with 60mm


back set

Passage function

Auto re-lock

Finishes: SC, BB

State left hand or right hand opening

Also available as ' Double Sided'


83 55 29 28
1
8
5
55
1
8
5
119
2
109
NEW
PRODUCT
Lockey 2210
2210 Mortise Deadbolt

Deadbolt with stainless steel


core shaft

60mm back set

Finishes: SC
51 26
40 34
1
5
2
51
28
7
1
5
2
6
Mechanical Code
Access Door Locks
Lockey RFK & RFT
RFT Removable thumb turn

Replaces xed thumb turn

Removes to deter opening from inside when


required i.e. young children

To suit 2200, 2250 & 2210

Finishes: SC, BB
RFK Reto larger front knob

Fits over existing knob for more grip

Finishes: SC, BB
Lockey 2200 51 26
40 34
1
5
2
51 8
28
57 20
28
1
5
2
6
2200 Rim Deadbolt

Surface mounted internal sliding bar

Can be installed as close to the edge


of door as required

Finishes: SC, BB, AB, AC, JB


3
110
Lockey 3235DX 'Deluxe'
3235DX Mortise Magnetic
Latch Bolt

Superior brush nishes for that extra


special job

Internal and external knobs with easy


grip cover

Newly designed code chamber for


simplicity

Mortise latch bolt with 60mm back set

With hold back facility (3235)

Finishes: SC, AB, AC


1
6
0
45 25
3
7
40
3
7
40
40 40
1
6
0
NEW
PRODUCT
Electronic Digital
Door locks
Mechanical Locks Electronic Locks
Suppliers of:
21
Section F
111
Standalone Trilogy Cylindrical Door Locks
Electronic Digital Door Locks
DL2700WP/ 26D
Features

100 User codes

Total lockout

Emergency code

Master code

Multi-lever users

Visual/audible indicators

Non-handed & weatherproof

Variety of nishes and door types

Relay outputs & remote release

Weatherproof
DL3000WP/ 26D
Features

200 User codes

1000 event log

Audit trail with real-time



date/time stamp

Timed entry

Total lockout

Duress code

Master code

Multi-lever users

Visual/audible indicators

Non-handed & weatherproof

Upload/download

IR output for handheld printer

Weatherproof
Standalone Trilogy Cylindrical Door Prox Locks
Features

2000 user codes

40,000 event log

Audit trail with real-time date/stamp

Timed entry

Total lockout

Duress code

Master code

Multi-lever users

Visual/audible indicators

Non-handed & weatherproof

Accepts HID prox cards and fobs


(26, 33 & 37bit formats)

Upload/download

IR output for handheld


printer.

Weatherproof
PDL3000/ 26D
Interchangeable Core
Option Special Core
Preps Available
Regal Handle Trim
43/4"
13/4"
29/16"
23/8" 111/16"
31/4"
8
1
/
4
"
2
1
/
4
"
21/8"
8
"
31/4"
OUTSIDE INSIDE
OUTSIDE INSIDE
43/4"
13/4"
29/16"
17/8" 111/16"
31/4"
8
1
/
4
"
2
1
/
4
"
21/8"
8
"
31/4"
OUTSIDE INSIDE
OUTSIDE INSIDE
Keyless Access Control
Eliminate the hassle of issuing and re-issuing keys. With Trilogy electronic digital door
locks, you' ll never have to deal with key distribution/management worries again. When
an employee resigns or any user should no longer have access to your premises, simply
remove that code from the lock (at keypad or via schedule).
Interior & Exterior Use
All Trilogy electronic digital door locks come in weatherproof models. The rugged metal
keypad is water-sealed, the encapsulated circuit board has been hermetically sealed
against the elements, the lock will operate in temperatures ranging from -20F to 151F
Audit Trail & Event Scheduling
Trilogy Audit Trail Lock Models have capacities ranging from 200 to 2000 user codes and
store a log from 1000 to 40,000 events, including scheduled automatic timed locking and
unlocking plus time/date-stamped logs of user entry by code, time and date. TrilogyProx
locks with Audit Trail are available in cylindrical and mortise trim.
Now with
x100 User
Codes
1
112
Electronic Digital Door Locks
DL3500/ 26DEX
Features

300 User codes

1000 event log

Audit trail with real-time date/



time stamp

Timed entry

Total lockout

Emergency code

Master code

Multi-lever users

Visual/audible indicators

Non-handed & weatherproof

Variety of nishes and door types

Upload/download

IR output for handheld printer

WITHOUT LOCK BODY


DL3500DBL/ 26DEX
Features

300 User codes

1000 event log

audit trail with real-time date/time stamp


timed entry

total lockout

emergency code

master code

multi-lever users

visual/audible indicators

non-handed & weatherproof

Variety of nishes and door types.

Upload/download

IR output for handheld printer

WITH LOCK BODY


Standalone Trilogy Mortise Door Locks
12/ 24v AC/ DC Access Keypad
with Trilogy Features
DK3000/ 26D
Features

Ideal for use with maglocks &



door strikes

2 x 8amp relays

2000 user codes

40,000 event log

Tamper report

Remote release RTE input


PDK3000/ 26D
Features

Ideal for use with maglocks &



door strikes

Prox Reader for HID cards & fobs

2 x 8amp relays

2000 user codes

40,000 event log

Tamper report

Remote release RTE input


12/ 24v AC/ DC Access Prox
Keypad with Trilogy Features
Remote Release
PowerMag
RRPM1200PAK
Features

1200lb Infra-red remote


release maglock.

100 users

Door bell

Remote control fob (infra-red)


PDL3500/ 26DEX
Features

2000 User codes

40,000 event log

Audit trail with real-time date/


time stamp

Timed entry

Total lockout

Emergency code

Master code

Multi-lever users

Visual/audible indicators

Non-handed & weatherproof

Accepts HID Prox cards and fobs

(26, 33 & 37bit formats)

Variety of nishes and door types

WITHOUT LOCK BODY


2
113
Electronic Digital
Door Locks
Accessories for Digital Lock Range
AL-IR1 Infrared Printer
Prints the event log and user code with
hand-held convenience.
AL-DTM Data Transfer
Module
Module used to transfer program data
from the PC to the lock and receive Audit
Trail from the lock. Can transfer program
data for up to 48 locks.
AL-PRE Prox Card
Reader/ Enroller
Enables instant automatic enrollment of
Prox Cards into Dl-Windows (just tap the
prox card/fob device to the units faceplate
to enroll)! Supports all Prox Cards and
Prox Keyfobs (supported by PDL3000)
Simultaneous card enrollment,
downloading or lock polling - all on just
one serial port. Replaces AL-PCI. Battery
opeation (6 months to 1 year typical)
DL-WINDOWS
SOFTWARE Version 2.70
or higher
Windows format software used to
create programming, manage users and
schedules, receive Audit Trail from lock,
program the lock using PC or laptop,
program the AL-DTM to program multiple
locks and congure the Al-DTM to transfer
data.
3
114
Escape Hardware

Panic Bolt s

Panic Lat ches

Push Pad Lat ches


Suppliers of:
Section
22
Briton

115
PH-Escape.qxd 20/2/07 4:57 pm Page 2
Escape Hardware
Silver Gold White Manhattan Dark Grey Ivory Sandstone Brown
19 67 18 65 61 74
Black
16
Briton 378E reversible rim panic
latch
Suitable for use on single doors
and the first opening leaf of
double doors with rebated
meeting stiles.
Supplied in left or right hand, but
can be reversed on site.
Suitable for doors up to 2500mm
high x 1300mm wide x 200kg.
Double door strike available
available for double rebated door
applications.
Available with manual dogging.
Can be used with rim cylinder
fitted to the outside of the door.
CEN Classification:
Briton 377E double rebated door
panic set
Comprises of the Briton 376E
vertical panic bolt, 378E
reversible rim panic latch and
378DDS double door strike in
one convenient pack for rebated
double door applications.
CEN Classification:
Briton

PRODUCTS TO BS EN 1125 (for details of CEN classification coding see page 1&2)
Powder Coated Colours Briton products are available as standard in 19 distinctive colours. Others finishes are available at additional cost.
Pol. St. Steel Satin St. Steel Dual Finish 2 Pol. Brass Dual Finish 1
Metallic
Finishes
Dual
Finishes
Briton

Briton 376 vertical panic bolt.


Two point locking for extra
security.
Anti-thrust device prevents
unauthorised retraction of the
bolts.
Suitable for use on single and
double door applications.
Self-handed - will suit both left
and right handed doors.
Suitable for doors up to 2500mm
high x 1300mm wide x 200kg.
Optional models available
include pullman latches, alarmed
and manually dogged functions.
Adjustable top and bottom shoots.
Supplied with easy clean socket.
CEN Classification:
Briton 379E-N mortice panic
nightlatch
Suitable for use on single and the
first opening leaf of double door
applications.
Supplied right hand, but can be
reversed on site.
Suitable for doors up to 2500mm
high x 1300mm wide x 200kg.
Supplied with dual profile
cylinder mortice nightlatch,
accepts both euro and oval
profile cylinders (cylinder not
supplied).
Anti-thrust device, prevents
unauthorised retraction of the
latch bolt.
Optional models include alarmed
and manually dogged functions.
13mm and 25mm rebate kits are
available for double rebated
door applications.
CEN Classification:
Yellow
22
3 7 6 1 1 3 2 2 A
3 7 6 1 1 3 2 2 A
3 7 6 1 1 3 2 2 A
3 7 6 1 1 3 2 2 A
BS EN 1125 is intended for the use of personnel who have
not been trained in the location and operation of the
buildings exit devices or where members of the public have
unrestricted access.
1
116
PH-Escape.qxd 20/2/07 4:57 pm Page 3
Escape Hardware
BS EN 179 is only intended for the use of personnel who are
fully aware of the escape routes and have been trained to
operate these devices.
Briton 1413/ LE Lever Variant
Briton 1413/ KE Knob Variant
Designed to suite with all devices
within the Briton 376E series of
CEN compliant exit devices.
Choice of interchangeable knob,
or lever (available separately)
allowing the most appropriate
method of operation to be
selected for the buildings users.
Supplied with euro-profile
cylinder as standard. Cylinders
can be keyed-alike or master-
keyed.
Clearly illustrated instructions
and template enabling accurate
installation.
Suitable for doors between
40mm and 70mm thick.
Fixings supplied are suitable for
timber and metal doorsets.
Tested to 200,000 cycles.
Briton 372E push pad vertical
bolt.
Pad operated vertical bolt.
Anti-thrust device, prevents
unauthorised retraction of the
bolts.
Suitable for use on single and
double door applications.
Self-handed to suit left and right
handed doors.
Suitable for doors up to 2500mm
high x 1300mm wide x 200kg.
Adjustable top and bottom
shoots.
Supplied with an easy clean
socket.
CEN Classification:
Briton 1438E reversible push pad
rim latch
Pad operated rim latch.
Suitable for use on single doors
and first opening leaf of double
rebated door applications.
Supplied in left or right hand, but
can be reversed on site.
Suitable for doors up to 2500mm
high x 1300mm in width x 200kg.
Double door strike available for
double rebated door applications.
Can be used with a rim cylinder
fitted to the outside of the door.
CEN Classification:
Briton 389E-N push pad mortice
nightlatch
Pad operated mortice nightlatch.
Suitable for use on single the first
opening leaf of double door
applications.
Supplied right hand, but can be
reversed on site.
Suitable for doors up to 2500mm
high x 1300mm in width x 200kg.
Supplied with dual profile
cylinder mortice nightlatch,
(cylinder not supplied).
Anti-thrust device, prevents
unauthorised retraction of the
latch bolt.
13mm & 25mm rebate kits are
available for double rebated door
applications.
CEN Classification:
OUTSIDE ACCESS
DEVICES
All exit devices and outside access devices are now available in a wide range of finishes. Double door strikes and metal door strikes are now
available colour matched.
Briton

Violet
73
Red Dark Red Slate Blue Blue Dark Blue Light Green Green Dark Green
12 35 63 11 37 76 13 36
Briton

PRODUCTS TO BS EN 179 (for details of CEN classification coding see page 1&2)
3 7 6 1 1 3 4 2 B
3 7 6 1 1 3 3 2 B
3 7 6 1 1 3 4 2 B
2
117
PH-Escape.qxd 20/2/07 4:59 pm Page 8
Escape Hardware
Briton

Silver Gold White Manhattan Dark Grey Ivory Sandstone Brown


19 67 18 65 61
Matt Black
Powder Coated Colours Briton products are available in the following colours:
Satin St. Steel Pol. Brass
Metallic
Finishes
74
Yellow
22
570 TOUCHBAR RANGE
Briton 571-1 (1200mm) & 571-2 (840mm)
One Point Locking Panic Device
Suitable for use on single doors and the first
opening leaf of rebated double doors.
Upgradeable to two/three point locking or four
point locking on single and first opening leaf of
rebated double doors with Modular Locking
Points.
Non-handed suitable for both left and
right handed doors.
Dogging device (hold-open) option available.
Alarm micro-switch option available.
Conforms to EN1125 Classification
37611422B.
Briton 572-V-1 (1200mm) & 572-V-2 (840mm)
Two/ Three Point Locking Panic Device
with Upper and Lower Pullmans
Suitable for use on single doors, rebated
and non-rebated double doors.
Upgradeable to four point locking on single
doors with Modular Locking Points.
Non-handed suitable for both left and
right handed doors.
Dogging device (hold-open) option available.
Alarm micro-switch option available.
Alternative bottom striker option available.
Conforms to EN 1125 Classification
37611422B.
Briton 570 panic exit devices are suitable for application to single doors and
in combinations on rebated and non-rebated double doors.
3
118
PH-Escape.qxd 20/2/07 4:58 pm Page 5
Escape Hardware
Briton

All exit devices and outside access devices are now available in a wide range of finishes. Double door strikes and metal door strikes are
supplied as standard.
Violet
73
Red Dark Red Slate Blue Blue Dark Blue Light Green Green Dark Green
12 35 63 11 37 76 13 36
Briton572-S-1 (1200mm) & 572-S-2 (840mm)
Three Point Locking Panic Device with
Two Side Pullmans
Suitable for use on single doors and the first
opening leaf of rebated double doors.
Upgradeable to four point locking on single
doors and first opening leaf of rebated double
doors with Modular Locking Points.
Non-handed suitable for both left and
right handed doors.
Dogging device (hold-open) option available.
Alarm micro-switch option available.
Conforms to EN 1125 Classification
37611422B.
Briton 572-VS-1/ L & 572-VS-1/ R (1200mm)
Briton 572-VS-2/ L & 572-VS-2/ R (840mm)
Three Point Locking Panic Device with
One Upper and One Side Pullman
Suitable for use on single doors.
Upgradeable to four point locking on single
doors with Modular Locking Points.
Handed 572-VS-1/L & 572-VS-2/L suitable
for left handed doors & 572-VS-1/R &
572-VS-2/R suitable for right handed doors.
Dogging device (hold-open) option available.
Alarm micro-switch option available.
Conforms to EN 1125 Classification
37611422B.
Briton 573-N-1 (1200mm) & 573-N-2
(840mm)
Mortice Panic Device with Nightlatch
Suitable for use on single doors, rebated
and non-rebated double doors.
Handed - supplied suitable for right handed
doors, and can be reversed on site.
Supplied with dual profile cylinder mortice
nightlatch, which accepts both euro and oval
profiled cylinders (cylinders not supplied).
Complete with steel box striker.
13mm & 25mm rebate kits are available for
rebated double door applications.
Alarm micro-switch option available.
Conforms to EN 1125 Classification
37611322B.
Consideration should be given to the use of door co-ordinating devices for rebated pairs of doors.
A door co-ordinating device must be used for fire/smoke applications.
4
119
PH-Escape.qxd 20/2/07 4:59 pm Page 6
Escape Hardware
Briton 561
One Point Locking Panic Device
Suitable for use on single doors and the first
opening leaf of rebated double doors.
Upgradeable to two/three point locking or four
point locking on single and first opening leaf of
rebated double doors with Modular Locking
Points.
Non-handed suitable for both left and right
handed doors.
Dogging device (hold-open) option available.
Alarm micro-switch option available.
Conforms to EN 1125 Classification
37611422A.
Briton 562-V
Two/ Three Point Locking Panic Device
with Upper and Lower Pullmans
Suitable for use on single doors, rebated
and non-rebated double doors.
Upgradeable to four point locking on single
doors with Modular Locking Points.
Non-handed suitable for both left and right
handed doors.
Dogging device (hold-open) option available.
Alarm micro-switch option available.
Alternative bottom striker option available.
Conforms to EN 1125 Classification
37611422A.
Silver Gold White Manhattan Dark Grey Ivory Sandstone Brown
19 67 18 65 61 74
Matt Black
Powder Coated Colours Briton products are available in the following colours:
Satin St. Steel Pol. Brass
Metallic
Finishes
Yellow
22
Briton

560 PUSHBAR RANGE


Briton 560 panic exit devices are suitable for application to single doors
and in combinations on rebated and non-rebated double doors.
5
120
PH-Escape.qxd 20/2/07 4:59 pm Page 7
EXIDOR 296
Reversible Panic Latch
Plated Colours
EXIDOR 400
Touchbar
EXIDOR 294 & EXIDOR 293
Panic Bolt & Push Pad
PULLMAN CATCH EXIDOR 302 & EXIDOR 298
Outside Access Devices
EXIDOR 405
Touchbar
EXIDOR 305
Panic Mortice Night Latch Actuator
EXIDOR 306
Push pad Mortice
Night Latch Actuator
EXIDOR 297
Push Pad
The Fred Duncombe range of Exidor emergency exit
hardware, combine attractive styling with quality
engineering. Manufactured in Britain, Exidors design is
characterised by attention to detail to ensure optimum
safety. Exidor has been designed to meet European
CEN 1997 standards and is approved for BS EN 1125
and BS EN 179 applications where applicable.
The Full Exidor range includes: Panic Bolts, Panic
Latches, Push Pads, and Touchbars. There is also a
range of accessories for various types of door and door
frames.
There is a wide range of colours, finishes and fittings
ensures there is a unit for every possible application.
Exidor products have undergone extensive testing,
research and development to ensure a range ideally
suited to provide a safe and speedy exit in the event of
an emergency, whilst maintaining the maximum
possible security against intrusion.
Standard Colours RAL & Hewi Colours
Granite Silver Gold Black White A full range of colours is available on request.
Escape Hardware
6
121
PH-Escape.qxd 20/2/07 4:58 pm Page 4
Escape Hardware
ETP990
EPS-20
EPB-01
EPW-25
BGN-81
SGN-82
WGN-85
SSP-44
FINISHES
EPS-20
EPB-01
EPW-25
FINISHES
OUTSIDE ACCESS
ETP998
ETP995
PA N I C BO LTS & PA N I C LATCH ES
Cl a ssi f i ca t i on EN1 1 2 5 ( 3-7-6-1-1-3-2-2-B)
ES950-01-81
EPS-20
EPB-01
EPW-25
BGN-81
SGN-82
WGN-85
BP-43
SSP-44
PSSP-55
Ot her
Colours-00
FINISHES
PA N I C BO LTS & PA N I C LATCH ES
Cl a ssi f i ca t i on EN1 1 2 5 ( 3-7-5-1-1-3-2-2-A)
P U S H P A D L A T C H E S
Cl a ssi f i ca t i on EN1 7 9 ( 3-7-6-0-1-3-2-2-B)
Suitable for Timber, PVC-U, Aluminium and Steel
Doors.
Pullman Latches for Ease of Operation (Side Entry
Pullmans Optional).
Surface Mounted - Easy to Install.
Handed or Reversible Options Available.
One Size to Suit Doors up to 2700mm High
x 1100mm Wide.
Outside Access Facility Built into Mechanism.
Available with Microswitch.
Fully Reversible.
Suitable for All Door Materials.
Fully Modular System 1, 2, or 3 Point Locking.
1 Size Suits Doors up to 2400mm High.
Cross Bars Suit Doors 300mm - 1100mm Wide.
Anti-Thrust Snib on Centre Latch.
Optional Side Entry Pullmans.
Dogging Device as Standard.
Available with Microswitch.
Optional Outside Access.
ES561 Outside Access Kits
All Strand-Feb SuperSeries 95 exit devices can be
simply and economically converted to enable access
from outside.
ES561-55 includes a handle and europrofile
cylinder for doors up to 50mm thick.
ES561-65 for doors between 51 and 60mm thick.
ES561-82 for doors between 61 and 78mm thick.
ES561
Out side
Access Kit s
Opt ional
St . St eel or
Brass
Handles
ES561-55
ES561-65
ES561-82
EPS-20
PB-40
SSS-14
EPB-01
EPW-25
All Europrof ile Cylinders are nickel plat ed
FINISHES
FINISHES
ES561-55
ES561-65
ES561-82
ES952-02-43
ES958-02-20
ES957-02-44
S T R A N D - F E B
S U P E R S E R I E S 9 5
M I L L E N N I U M P U S H
E X I T H A R D W A R E
The Strand-Feb range of panic latches and bolts have
been successfully tested and certified to EN1125:1997
and EN179:1998 for push pad variants. All St rand-Feb
Exit Devices are designed t o release exit doors in an
emergency by means of a push bar, t ouch bar or pad.
7
122
PH-Escape.qxd 20/2/07 4:57 pm Page 1
22
Section A
Door Closers
Fixed Power Closers Adjustable Power Closers
Slide Arm Closers Spring Door Closers
Concealed Door Closers Electromagnetic Closers
Door Operators
Suppliers of:
123
Door Closers
EUTS2204 - Fixed power size 3
A contract door closer offering excellent quality. The addition of metal covers and
matching flat bar arms enable you to offer versatility at competitive prices.
Standards & Certification
EN 1154 performance tested
EN 1634 fire tested
CE marking applied for
Standard Features
Power size 3
Rack & pinion mechanism
Universal application
Adjustable closing speed and latch action
Die cast body
Snap-fix arm set
EUTS3204 - Fixed power size 2-4
A contract door closer suitable for light duty use at a competitive price.
Standards & Certification
EN 1154 performance tested
EN 1634 fire tested
Standard Features
Power size 2 - 4 by position
Rack & pinion mechanism
Universal application
Adjustable closing speed & latch action
Die cast body
Choice of adjustable snap-fix arm or
adjustable flat-bar arm
EUTS9204 - Fixed power size 2-4
Manufactured to the highest engineering standards. The flexibility and slim-line nature of
this door closer allows it to be used in many applications such as schools, public
buildings, offices, hotels and hospitals.
Standards & Certification
EN 1154 performance tested
EN 1634 fire tested
CE marked
CERTIFIRE Approved
Standard Features
Power size 2 - 4 by position
Includes backcheck as standard
Rack & pinion mechanism
Universal application
Adjustable closing speed & latch action
Extruded aluminium body
Flat bar arm sets
Closer Cover Plain Body
Finishes
SE, GE, SNP, PNP, EB,
See price list for full details of
Body/Cover/Arm finish combinations.
Finishes
SE, SNP, PNP, EB, SSS, PSS, RAL,
See price list for full details of
Body/Cover/Arm finish combinations.
Cover Options
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Trim Plate Semi-Radiused
Cover
Radiused Cover
Includes FREE Logo Branding
Includes FREE Logo Branding
Cover Options
Body Options
Silver Body
Finishes
SE
1
124
Door Closers
EUTS9205 - Power Adjustable 2-5
Manufactured to the highest standards, incredibly efficient, the 9000 series combines
the elegance of full radius metal covers with a proven highly engineered, extruded
aluminium mechanism. Suitable for almost any application.
Standards & Certification
EN 1154 performance tested
EN 1634 fire tested
CE marked
CERTIFIRE Approved
Standard Features
Power adjustable 2 - 5 by spring
Includes Backcheck & delayed action
as standard
Rack & pinion mechanism
Universal application
Adjustable closing speed & latch action
Extruded aluminium body
EUTS9204 Slide Arm - Fixed power size 2-4
Manufactured to the highest engineering standards. The flexibility and slim-line nature
of this door closer allows it to be used in many applications such as schools, public
buildings, offices, hotels and hospitals.
Standards & Certification
EN 1154 performance tested
EN 1634 fire tested
CE marked
CERTIFIRE Approved
Standard Features
Power size 2 - 4 by position
Includes backcheck as standard
Rack & pinion mechanism
Universal application
Adjustable closing speed & latch action
Extruded aluminium body
Slide track arm set
EUTS9205 Slide Arm - Power Adjustable 2-5
The 9000 series combines the elegance of semi-radius metal covers with a proven
highly engineered, extruded aluminium mechanism. Suitable for almost any
application.
Standards & Certification
EN 1154 performance tested
EN 1634 fire tested
CE marked
CERTIFIRE Approved
Standard Features
Power adjustable 2 - 5 by spring
Rack & pinion mechanism
Universal application
Adjustable closing speed & latch action
Extruded aluminium body
Slide track arm set
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Includes FREE Logo Branding
Includes FREE Logo Branding
Finishes
SE, SNP, PNP, EB, SSS, PSS, RAL,
See price list for full details of
Body/Cover/Arm finish combinations.
Cover Options
Trim Plate Semi-Radiused
Cover
Radiused Cover
Includes FREE Logo Branding
Finishes
SE, SNP, PNP, EB, RAL
See price list for full details of
Body/Cover/Arm finish combinations.
Cover Options
Trim Plate Semi-Radiused
Cover
Trim Plate Semi-Radiused
Cover
Finishes
SE, SNP, PNP, EB, RAL
See price list for full details of
Body/Cover/Arm finish combinations.
Cover Options
2
125
Door Closers
TS68 Door Closer
With the TS68, DORMA has developed a low-cost door closer which can be universally
used on all common door types. It is particularly quick and easy to install - and does not
require a mounting backplate. The closer arms power shoe and changes in templating
allow easy selection of the closing force to suit various door sizes.
TS71 Door Closer
The inexpensive solution for standard doors - with quality assured. With the TS71,
DORMA has developed a door closer that rounds off its ClassicLine series perfectly.
The ease and speed with which it can be fixed, the fact that its spring strength can be
so easily adapted to the door size - by simply turning round the hinge plate - and its
competitive price should make it the ideal choice for your application.
TS72 Door Closer
TS72 hydraulic spring offers the resource of power regulation, besides speed regulation
by independent valves, making it suitable for the most varied types, sizes and door
models. Reversible for doors on the right or left.
TS73V Door Closer
Designed for internal doors, including fire doors, the DORMA TS 73 V is a universal
solution for doors of differing designs and styles. The flat and compact format of the TS
73 V means that there are practically no problems with installation; and tried and trusted
quality is your assurance of reliability. Certified to ISO 9001.
Features
Just one model for all mounting positions.
Non-handed unit.
Quick and easy to install.
Fixes perfectly to all door types without the
need for a mounting backplate.
Compact design.
Inexpensive, proven reliability.
Closing cycle largely unaffected by
temperature changes.
Two valves for optimum closing speed and
reliable latching action.
Features
Complements the ClassicLine series as a
competitive model for standard doors.
Non-handed design.
Easy and quick to fix.
Competitive and reliable.
Compact construction with classic design.
Constant closing action virtually unaffected
by temperature fluctuations.
Optimum closing speed adjustment with two
regulating valves.
Reliable closing with adjustable latching
action.
Features
Just one model for all standard doors.
Non-handed design.
Closing force, closing speed and latching
action adjustable in just a few movements.
Outstanding value for money.
Compact construction combined with
timeless design.
Constant closing action virtually unaffected
by temperature fluctuations.
Optimum closing speed adjustment with two
regulating valves.
Reliable closing with adjustable latching
action.
Optimum wall and door protection thanks to
thinking backcheck.
Features
One model for all applications.
Quick and simple to fit.
Closing force, closing speed, & latching action
all set with just a few manual adjustments.
Only one design for DIN-L and DIN-R doors,
and for standard and framefixing.
Compact format in timeless design.
Wide range of applications.
Anti-corrosive design for moist & damp areas.
Optimum wall and door protection thanks to
thinking backcheck.
Constant closing speed virtually unaffected by
temperature fluctuations, with adjustable latch
action.
3
126
Door Closers
TS83 Door Closer
Decades of experience have gone into the development of the DORMA TS83. The result
is user comfort coupled with outstanding versatility. It can be adjusted to suit almost
all types of door. It can even be supplied with additional anti-corrosion protection for
exposed applications or aggressive conditions.
Features
Compact closer design and sturdy flat-form
arm assembly.
Wide range of standard functions supple
mented by optional extras.
Suitable for fire doors (CERTIFIRE approved).
Easy to fix.
Can be tailored to the requirements of the
door by simple adjustment.
Just one model for RH (ISO 5) and LH (ISO 6)
doors and for standard and frame/lintel fixing
and parallel arm.
Spring strength range EN 26 to suit virtually
every application.
Optimum wall and door protection thanks to
thinking backcheck.
Closing speed virtually unaffected by
temperature fluctuations.
4
TS90 Door Closer
The DORMA TS 90 Impulse combines technical superiority with outstanding value,
and unites advanced design with convenient functionality all on the basis of its
heart-shaped cam. With its installation versatility and inherent functional reliability, it is
ideal for virtually any application.
TS92 Door Closer
As units designed especially for interior applications, the DORMA TS 92 door closer
constitutes the perfect complement to the DORMA TS 93 cam-action door closer
system. They likewise come in the Softline design and, thanks to their linear drive
mechanism with heart-shaped cam, they offer the same ease of use.
TS93 Door Closer
Doors equipped with the TS93 will open much easier than doors with rack and pinion
closers with track arms. The TS93 is a closer with regular arm operating efficiency and
track arm aesthetics.
Features
Certified to ISO 9001
Unique DORMA cam action technology,
compliant with EN 1154.
Sets new standards to open up new markets.
For the installer/fabricator
Easy to fix without mounting backplate.
Non-handed.
Four installation arrangements with one model.
Proven technology of the heart-shaped cam.
Convenient, low-resistance opening with
fully controlled closing.
Two regulating valves for precise adjustment
of closing speed.
Available with hold-open and cushioned limit
stay options.
Features
Inexpensive cam-action technology for
standard interior doors.
Non-handed.
Easy to fix and quickly adjustable.
Excellent value for money.
Uniform appearance throughout the entire
Softline slide channel range.
Exceptional ease of use and fully controlled
closing action.
Optimum adaptability of the closing
speed with reliable latching thanks to two
regulating valves.
Features
Available as TS93-1 closers for interior and
exterior barrier-free requirements (adjustable
size 15).
Available as TS93-5 closers for greater closing
force for exceptionally wide, tall, or heavy
doors (size 56 +50% adjustment).
Adjustable backcheck prevents uncontrolled
opening of the door.
Adjustable delayed action extends the closing
cycle to allow unobstructed passage through
opening.
Optional hold open inserts into track.
Adjustable for degree of hold open and hold
open force. Hold open is selectable on or off
SN3 sex nuts supplied standard for 1-3/4
thick door..
127
Door Closers
5
Briton 2000 Series
The Briton 2000 Series of closers is a compact range of small bodied,
fixed strength closers in sizes 2 to 4.
When the situation of use and the door size and weight is known,
fixed strength closers provide an economic solution. With little on-site
adjustment needed, installation is quick and trouble-free.
Built to the exacting standards which epitomise a Briton door control the
Briton 2000 Series now features a low-tac fixing template to simplify
and speed up installation using the X-act Fit process.
The Classic cover of the Briton 2000 Series is available in the same high
quality finishes as the Briton 2100 series. Supplied with matching arms
and brackets, the Briton 2000 Series is available in satin stainless steel,
polished stainless steel, polished brass and a range of powder coated
finishes including metallic colours and colours to match Normbau Nylon
hardware.
The Briton 2000 Series door closers are successfully type tested and
independently certified for conformity to all the requirements of EN 1154.
Briton 1100 Series
The Briton 1100 Series is a fully suited range of no frills trimplate
closers. This series of closers, in two small body sizes, offers a uniform
appearance across a broad range of applications, all sharing the
characteristics of quality, performance and reliability associated with a
Briton door closer.
Briton 1100 Series door closers can be specified with confidence on any
Medium Duty application.
The new Briton 1100 Series is designed to provide a mid-range product
with the choice of the most popular options, in a concise, cost-effective
package. The Briton 1100 Series is a simple system which comprises 2
body sizes, each available as standard with a slide-in trimplate or with an
optional all-over cover.
The Briton 1100 Series door closers are successfully type tested and
independently certified for conformity to all the requirements of EN 1154.
Features
Fully certified to EN1154, EN1634, CE Marked and Certifire
Approved CF111
Fixed power sizes 2, 3 & 4
Regular, Parallel and Track arm variants
Xact-Fit installation system for all models
Best selling Classic C cover with colour-matched
armsets
Range of over 20 finishes
Abiliy to suite with Briton 2100 Series for door sizes greater
than 1100mm or applications requiring backcheck or
delayed action
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Features
Fully certified to EN1154, EN1634, CE Marked and Certifire
Approved CF388
Template adjustable power sizes 2-4 (Briton 1110) and
adjustable power sizes 2-4 with backcheck (Briton 1120B)
Regular and Parallel arm variants
2 standard trimplate finishes
5 optional covers with black, silver or gold armsets
128
Door Closers
6
Briton 121 Series
The Briton 121 Series provides the traditional strengths of the Briton
range, its quality of performance, durability and reliability in a compact
economy range of fixed strength closers.
The Briton 121 Series comprises 2 compact overhead door closers
suitable for the most popular door sizes. It has all the characteristics of
performance, durability, functionality and quality that specifiers have
come to expect from a Briton door control.
The Briton 121CE is a fixed strength door closer, power size 3, which
is CE Marked, Certifire Approved CF390 and is suitable for fire door
applications
The Briton 121 is template adjustable during installation to suit closer
sizes 2 to 4. It is NOT CE Marked and is suitable for use in non-
fire door applications only
The Briton 121 Series door closers are successfully type tested and
independently certified for conformity to all the requirements of EN 1154.
Briton LCN Series
LCN offers a comprehensive range of architectural grade products
that ensure functionality, versatility and reliability. LCN has earned a
reputation within the industry for providing the solutions for door control
challenges. Since its foundation in 1926, LCN has specialised in solving
door control problems through the use of high quality, innovative
products and by adhering to the highest standards of performance.
LCN puts its heavy duty cast iron door closers through independent tests
with the following results - over 10 million cycles, far surpassing industry
standards! No other closer can come close to matching the quality and
reliability of an LCN.
To maximise the performance of an LCN door closer they are designed
to suit specific applications. For occassions when a universal closer is
required LCN have developed the 4040 series, which can be mounted
on the hinge side, on the transom or parallel arm mounted.
Features
Fully certified to EN1154, EN1634 and CE Marked
(Briton121CE - for fire doors)
Non-Fire Door variant also available (Briton 121)
Fixed power size 3 (121CE for fire doors) or template
adjustable power sizes 2-4 (121 for non-fire doors)
Regular arm variant with optional parallel and hold open
arms and brackets available
Range of 4 standard finishes with matching armsets
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Features
Cast iron cylinders for durability and efficiency
Oversized pinions that are double heat treated to withstand
wear and tear
Solid hardened steel pistons heat treated for extended
endurance and resistance
Liquid X all weather fluid maintains viscosity and stability
to assure maintenance free performance in temperatures
from -34C to 49C
Chrome silicon springs for longevity in spring retention
and closing strength
Forged steel arms to withstand abuse and heavy traffic
129
Door Closers
7
Briton 2500 Series Low Energy Operator
Briton 996 Electromagnetic Closer
The Briton 996 Series is ideal for use in areas where a conventional
door closer could be inconvenient or hinder access. The use of
electromagnetic hold-open and swing-free door control devices is
specifically recommended in Approved Document M of the Building
Regulations 2004.
In order to meet the requirements of The Disability Discrimination Act and
the revision to The Building Regulations, Part M:2004 it is necessary to
consider carefully the use of conventional door closers on entrance doors
and other circulation doors within a building.
The Briton 996 Series is a range of fixed power closers with an integrated
electromagnetic hold open mechanism. When connected to the building
fire alarm or detection system each unit can be set to either hold-open
or swing-free operation. In either case the power of the closer can
be temporarily disabled to allow free passage. When de-activated the
electromagnet disengages and the door closer closes the door in the
normal manner to maintain fire safety.
Features
Automatic operation mode via motion sensors, push pads/
plates or access control for safe access into a building
Push & Go allows simple operation without additional
activation devices to meet the owners need for an
inexpensive solution
Power Boost in the final closing phase ensures perfect
latching to provide peace of mind that the door is secure
Adjustable opening speed ensures a safe and flexible
opening cycle to suit different applications
Delayed action holding inhibits the closing cycle to allow
slow moving traffic to pass through
Safety stop halts the door when someone or something
is in the opening or closing patch to reduce potential
accidents
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Features
Fully certified to EN1154, EN1634, CE Marked and Certifire
Approved CF388
Template adjustable power sizes 2-4 (Briton 1110) and
adjustable power sizes 2-4 with backcheck (Briton 1120B)
Regular and Parallel arm variants
2 standard trimplate finishes
5 optional covers with black, silver or gold armsets
The Briton 2500 Series is designed specifically for use in areas where a
conventional door closer could be inconvenient or would impede the flow
of people in medium or high traffic applications such as a cinema foyer
or hospital corridor. Its use is recommended in applications which are
designed to satisfy the levels of accessibility called for in the Disability
Discrimination Act and to meet the requirements of the revised Approved
Document M of the Building Regulations 2004.
Mains power to the Briton 2500 Series operator can be fed either directly
into the back of the unit in the case of metal frames, or into the end of the
unit in the case of solid frames. Connection to safety sensors mounted
on the door is via surface loops which carry the cables from the door to
the frame (as shown above), or from the door directly into the operator.
The operation of a door fitted with a Briton 2500 Series Low Energy
Operator can be fine tuned with the addition of a number of available
optional accessories. The use of appropriate accessories can enhance
the ease of operation, with push button or automatic sensor activation
from one side or both, or a combination of automatic and manual
operation. Additional sensors and finger guards can increase the safety
aspects of the door.
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
130
8
Door Closers
Briton 2130B.TE Electromagnetic Closer
The Briton 2130B.TE Electromagnetic hold-open door closer is part
of an integrated system of door control devices which has been
developed to produce a comprehensive package of solutions to any
door closing application.
The Briton 2130B.TE closer has built on the engineering excellence
of the Briton 2100 Series to incorporate one of the simplest, quickest
and most accurate installation systems available.
This combination of engineering quality and good looks with three
body cover options and over 20 finishes creates a truly versatile
architectural solution for any Extra Heavy Duty application.
Mains power to the Briton 2500 Series operator can be fed either
directly into the back of the unit in the case of metal frames, or into
the end of the unit in the case of solid frames. Connection to safety.
Designed to and fully compliant with EN 1154 and EN 1155, the most
recent legislation for performance, reliability and safety.
Euro DIGIWAY Low Energy Operator
The DIGIWAY Series is designed specifically for use in areas where a
conventional door closer could be inconvenient or would impede the
flow of people in medium or high traffic applications such as a cinema
foyer or hospital corridor. Its use is recommended in applications
which are designed to satisfy the levels of accessibility called for in
the Disability Discrimination Act and to meet the requirements of the
revised Approved Document M of the Building Regulations 2004.
Mains power to the Digiway operator is fed directly through the back
of the unit. If necessary a protected U channel can be fabricated
into the top casing on site for mains feed. Connection to safety.
Features
Input Voltage: 240vac
Operating Voltage: 13Vdc
Operating range: Door width 1 metre, up to 100Kg
Dimension housing: 513 x 90 x 110mm
Inward or Outward opening
Double Door Intelligence communications between both units
Battery Standby Included
Built-in radio receiver
Full learn cycle
Push & Go option
Safety Sensing (obstacle detection)
Go, Stop & Block signals
Override door open or door closed
13Vdc, 1Amp output for electric locking
Trigger Input (push-button, card reader etc)
RAL & Stainless options for cover
High quality, robust arms
NEW
PRODUCT
3PECIFICATIONCOVER3#INPOLISHEDBRASS
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
Features
Automatic operation mode via motion sensors, push pads/
plates or access control for safe access into a building
Push & Go allows simple operation without additional
activation devices to meet the owners need for an
inexpensive solution
Power Boost in the final closing phase ensures perfect
latching to provide peace of mind that the door is secure
Adjustable opening speed ensures a safe and flexible
opening cycle to suit different applications
Delayed action holding inhibits the closing cycle to allow
slow moving traffic to pass through
Safety stop halts the door when someone or something
is in the opening or closing patch to reduce potential
accidents
131
Door Closers
9
Gibcloser

Gibraltar

Spring Door Closer


Features
60 Years Quality Engineering
Adjustable Tension
Closes up to 1500lb door
Reduces heat loss and draughts
For left or right hand doors
Quick and simple to fit
The Original Spring Door Closer. Adjustable tension, left or right hand fitting.
Certified to all Fire Authority standards including BS, UL and Canadian National
Standards. Suitable for use on doors up to 68kg (150lbs).
LI FETI ME
GUARANTEE
Code Finish
GIBC06E Brass
GIBC11E White
GIBC18E Brown
GIBC61E Satin Chrome
GIBC68E Polished Chrome
Gibcloser

Mini Spring Door Closer


Features
60 Years Quality Engineering
Adjustable Tension
Closes up to 57lb door
Reduces heat loss and draughts
For left or right hand doors
Quick and simple to fit
MINI Spring Closer. Ideal for screen doors and gates. Suitable for internal
or external doors up to 26kg (57lbs)
Code Finish
GIBC50 White
GIBC57 Brown
LI FETI ME
GUARANTEE
Gibcloser

Concealed Door Closer


Features
Easy to fit
Vandal resistant & unobtrusive
16mm barrel accommodates
narrow doors
Fire tested to BS476 Part 22 - 1987
Suitable for use with doors up to
150lbs (68kg)
Concealed Spring Closer. Adjustable tension, left or right hand fitting.
Certified to all Fire Authority standards including BS, UL and Canadian
National Standards. Suitable for use on doors up to 68kg (150lbs) with
max opening angle of 100 degrees.
Code Finish
GIBC33E Chrome
GIBC36 Gold
GIBC36 Chrome
GIBC36 Brass
Astra 01/ 02 - Concealed Door Closers
Features
Non-handed, suitable for use on
either right or left hand doors.


Available in Brass, Chrome or
Satin nish.


Square or Radius plates.


10 Year Guarantee.
Manufactured in the UK to British Standard BS476 part 22 and suitable for use
on 1/2 hour re doors, these door closers incorporate a unique hydraulic piston
assembly offering a controlled rate of door closure, the 02 closer benets from
the addition of a high strength spring, both closers have an adjustable latching
action.
Atsra 01
Code Finish
AST01BF Brass
AST01CF Chrome
AST01SF Satin
LI FETI ME
GUARANTEE
Astra 02
Code Finish
AST02BF Brass
AST02CF Chrome
AST02SF Satin
Please see price list for full range + NEW Astra 03
10
YEAR
GUARANTEE
132
10
Door Closers
Perko Concealed Door Operator
Features
60 Years Quality Engineering
Adjustable Tension
Closes up to 1500lb door
Reduces heat loss and draughts
For left or right hand doors
Quick and simple to fit
A door closer for light or medium weight internal doors. Designed to be
completely concealed when the door is closed, and compact enough to
be unobtrusive when the door is open. The closer comprises a small chain
anchored at one end to either a rounded or rectangular end plate which
is screwed to the door jamb and connected at the other end to a spring
contained within a steel cylinder which is fitted into the butt stile of the door.
The Perko is British designed, developed and manufactured.
Code Finish
PERKO/ R Brass - Round Plate
PERKO/ R/ CHROME Chrome - Round Plate
PERKO/ SQ Brass - Square Plate
PERKO/ SQ/ CHROME Chrome - Square Plate
PERKO/ SQ/ SCP Satin Chrome - Sq. Plate
Cover plates are available in Bronze Chrome
& Satin Chrome
Perkomatic Automatic Door Closer
Features
Fire tested to BS EN 1634-1: 2000
Adjustable Tension
Suitable for use on doors up to 75kg
Reduces heat loss and draughts
For left or right hand doors
Quick and simple to fit
The Perkomatic automatic door closer (R85) incorporates a combined
hydraulic mechanism and spring assembly and offers a controlled rate of
closure and good fire resistance making it suitable for use on latched 12
hour and 1 hour fire doors.
The Perkomatic is completely concealed when the door is closed and
only the chains and end plates are visible when it is open. It can be fitted
where lack of space prevents the use of a surface-mounted door closer.
Little force is needed to open the door against the spring, making it
suitable for use by elderly people and young children.
Code Finish
PMAT Brass
PMATCHROME Chrome
PMATSCP Satin chrome
Powermatic Concealed Door Closer
Features
CE Marked
Latched or unlatched applications
Suitable for use on doors up to 80kg
& up to 950mm wide
Adjustable closing speed & power
latching action
Certifire approved
Perko Powermatic

is a CE marked, controlled, concealed hydraulic door


closer conforming to BS EN 1154: 1997 power size 3, making it ideal for
many commercial, leisure, public and domestic fire door applications.
Perko Powermatic

has a unique twin-power mechanism that possesses


the necessary force to provide controlled closing of doors up to 80kg in
weight and 950mm wide.
Available with solid brass end plates in brass, chrome and satin chrome
finishes, yet invisible when the door is closed, Perko Powermatic

offers
the ultimate in door control.
Code Finish
R100 Brass
R100-CP Chrome
R100-SCP Satin chrome
133
11
NOTES
Door Closers
134
Spring Hinges
Spring Hinges Companion Hinges
22
Suppliers of:
Section B
NEW
PRODUCT
135

Ideal for use on internal doors

Automatically closes doors - an alternative to overhead door closers

Lifetime warranty against defects in material and workmanship

Patented ratchet adjustment eliminates need for adjustment locking pin

Conforms to ANSI/BHMA standard A156.17

Meets NFPA80 standard for 3 hour re rated doors

UK re approval for use on FD30 and FD60 doors

UL listed for doors up to 80 kilograms

Pivot point desgned to align with CB and FBB series anti-friction bearing hinges

Ratchet design allows for quick ne tuning tension up or down with allen hex key
Specications
Product Code 2060
Fixing Template Drilled
Sizes 89 x 89mm
Finishes Polished Brass, Satin Brass, Polished Chrome, Satin Chrome
Hinge Size Max Weight Max Door Size Spring Hinges Dummy Hinge
89 x 89mm 39 Kilograms 914 x 2134mm 3 x 2060 Optional
Spring Hinges
Use spring hinges on internal doors only. Do not specify spring hinges to control
external or perimeter doors. It is recommended to use a minimum of three hinges
per door.
There is an option to use a non-sprung load bearing ' Companion' hinge on occasions
when the door weight is below 39kg' s tted in between the top and bottom spring
hinges.
Stanley always recommends using a minimum of three hinges on any door.
Occasionally it may be possible to substitute one spring hinge with a companion
hinge (i.e. an unsprung hinge) of the same size to reduce overall cost. Companion
hinges are effectively spring hinges with the spring and ratchet mechanism removed.
They are load bearing hinges but, so far as re door installations are concerned,
must only be used as part of a spring hinge set.
The closing power can easily be adjusted with the ratchet system by use of the allen
hex key provided. For best results it is advised that all hinges are powered to the
same strength.
NEW
PRODUCT
1
136
Spring Hinges
Spring Hinges - Square Corners 89 x 89mm (3
1
/ 2" x 3
1
/ 2")
2060R (US3) Stanley Spring Hinge Polished Brass
2060R (US26) Stanley Spring Hinge Polished Chrome
2060R (US4) Stanley Spring Hinge Satin Brass
2060R (US26D) Stanley Spring Hinge Satin Chrome
2060R (US2C) Stanley Spring Hinge Bright Zinc Plated
2060R (USP) Stanley Spring Hinge Primed for Painting
Spring Hinges (2060 Range)
Spring Hinges - Square Corners 102 x 102mm (4" x 4")
2060R (US3) Stanley Spring Hinge Polished Brass
2060R (US26) Stanley Spring Hinge Polished Chrome
2060R (US4) Stanley Spring Hinge Satin Brass
2060R (US26D) Stanley Spring Hinge Satin Chrome
2060R (US2C) Stanley Spring Hinge Bright Zinc Plated
2060R (USP) Stanley Spring Hinge Primed for Painting
Companion Hinges - To Suit the Stanley Spring Hinges
Companion Hinges - Square Corners 89 x 89mm (3
1
/ 2" x 3
1
/ 2")
2060C (US3) Stanley Spring Hinge Polished Brass
2060C (US26) Stanley Spring Hinge Polished Chrome
2060C (US4) Stanley Spring Hinge Satin Brass
2060C (US26D) Stanley Spring Hinge Satin Chrome
2060C (US2C) Stanley Spring Hinge Bright Zinc Plated
2060C (USP) Stanley Spring Hinge Primed for Painting
Companion Hinges - Square Corners 102 x 102mm (4" x 4")
2060C (US3) Stanley Spring Hinge Polished Brass
2060C (US26) Stanley Spring Hinge Polished Chrome
2060C (US4) Stanley Spring Hinge Satin Brass
2060C (US26D) Stanley Spring Hinge Satin Chrome
2060CC (US2C) Stanley Spring Hinge Bright Zinc Plated
2060C (USP) Stanley Spring Hinge Primed for Painting
Spring Hinges -
89 x 89mm (31/ 2" x 31/ 2")
Spring Hinges -
102 x 102mm (4" x 4")
2
137
Spring Hinges
3
138
NOTES
Euro Hinges
Stainless Steel Ball Bearing Butt Hinges
Stainless Steel Washered Butt Hinges
Electro Brass Ball Bearing Butt Hinges
Electro Brass Washered Butt Hinges
Polished Chrome Solid Drawn Hinges
22
Section C
139
Stainless Steel (Grade 304)
Ball Bearing Butt Hinges
Euro Hinges
Features

Pozi Drive Screws

Security Pinned Caps

Fire Tested to BS EN 1634-1: 2000

BS EN 1935 Performance Tested

Grade 304 Satinless Steel


Code Size BS EN BS EN Qty Per

Satin Stainless Steel
1935 1634 Pack
14852 76 x 51 x 2mm 7 - 1 Pair
14858 102 x 72 x 3mm 11 1 Hour 1 Pair
14854 102 x 72 x 3mm 13 1 Hour 1 Pair
Polished Stainless Steel
14851 76 x 51 x 2mm 7 - 1 Pair
14860 102 x 72 x 3mm 11 1 Hour 1 Pair
14853 102 x 72 x 3mm 13 1 Hour 1 Pair
1
Stainless Steel (Grade 304)
Radius Corner Ball Bearing Butt Hinges
Features

Pozi Drive Screws

Security Pinned Caps

10mm Radius Corner

Fire Tested to BS EN 1634-1: 2000

BS EN 1935 Performance Tested

Grade 304 Satinless Steel


Stainless Steel (Grade 304)
Washered Butt Hinges
Features

Pozi Drive Screws

BS EN 1935 Performance Tested

Grade 304 Satinless Steel


Code Size BS EN BS EN Qty Per

Satin Stainless Steel
1935 1634 Pack
14869 102 x 76 x 3mm 13 1 Hour 1 Pair
Polished Stainless Steel
14872 102 x 76 x 3mm 13 1 Hour 1 Pair
Code Size BS EN BS EN Qty Per

Satin Stainless Steel
1935 1634 Pack
14860 76 x 51 x 2mm - - 1 Pair
14856 102 x 76 x 2mm 7 - 1 Pair
Polished Stainless Steel
14861 76 x 51 x 2mm - - 1 Pair
14848 102 x 76 x 2mm 7 - 1 Pair
Electro Brass Plated on Stainless Steel (Grade 304)
Ball Bearing Butt Hinges
Code Size BS EN BS EN Qty Per

Electro Brass Plated
1935 1634 Pack
14885 76 x 51 x 2mm - - 1 Pair
14882 102 x 76 x 3mm 13 1 Hour 1 Pair
Features

Pozi Drive Screws

Security Pinned Caps

Fire Tested to BS EN 1634-1: 2000

BS EN 1935 Performance Tested

Grade 304 Satinless Steel


140
2
Electro Brass Plated on Stainless Steel (Grade 304)
Radius Corner Ball Bearing Butt Hinges
Euro Hinges
Features

Pozi Drive Screws

Security Pinned Caps

Fire Tested to BS EN 1634-1: 2000

BS EN 1935 Performance Tested

Grade 304 Satinless Steel


Code Size BS EN BS EN Qty Per

Electro Brass Plated
1935 1634 Pack
14879 102 x 76 x 3mm 13 1 Hour 1 Pair
Electro Brass Plated on Stainless Steel (Grade 304)
Washered Butt Hinges
Features

Pozi Drive Screws

BS EN 1935 Performance Tested

Grade 304 Satinless Steel


Polished Chrome
Solid Drawn Ball Bearing Hinges
Features

Brass Pin

Comes with Screws


Code Size BS EN BS EN Qty Per

Electro Brass Plated
1935 1634 Pack
14886 102 x 76 x 2mm 7 - 1 Pair
Code Size BS EN BS EN Qty Per

Polished Chrome
1935 1634 Pack
14605 76 x 41mm - - 1 Pair
14606 102 x 61mm - - 1 Pair
Polished Chrome
Solid Drawn Parliament Hinges
Code Size BS EN BS EN Qty Per

Electro Brass Plated
1935 1634 Pack
14708 102 x 76 x 125 x 4mm - - 1 Pair
14709 102 x 102 x 152 x 4mm - - 1 Pair
Features

Brass Pin

Comes with Screws

Guage 12 Countersink
141
3
Euro Hinges
NOTES
142
23
Scandinavian Locks
Module 1200 Cylinders Accessories Euro 600 Series
Section
143
Scandinavian Locks
1
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn
operates deadbolt
Lever handle
retracts latchbolt
1216
SASHLOCK
EXTERNAL
Key operates
deadbolt and
latchbolt.
Lever handle
retracts latchbolt.
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn
operates deadbolt
and latchbolt.
Lever handle
retracts latchbolt
Backset
50mm
70mm
Backset
50mm
Backset
50mm
70mm
Backset
50mm
1219
HIGH SECURITY SASHLOCK
EXTERNAL
Key operates
deadbolt.
Lever handle
retracts latchbolt.
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn operates
deadbolt.
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn
operates deadbolt.
1241
HIGH SECURITY DEADLOCK
EXTERNAL
Key operates
deadbolt.
1240
DEADLOCK
EXTERNAL
Key operates
deadbolt.
Module 1200 Scandinavian lock cases are designed for high trafc, high
abuse areas such as schools, hospitals, manufacturing plants and buildings
with vandalism problems.
Module 1200 is a complete architectural system offering lock, cylinders and
door furniture options. The lock is supplied standard with a satin stainless
steel forend and brass plated to order with door furniture in polished
brass or satin chrome plate. We are also able to offer a full access control
package designed to work along side the Module 1200 range.
SASHLOCK
Application Designed for main entrance doors, or where latch control is
required for normal use with a deadbolt locking security.
Options The lock may be supplied with a single cylinder and blind rose
cylinders. Bolt through lever handle available in two designs with
or without additional springing.
DEADLOCK
Application For entrance doors where no latch is required or corridor door and
stores.
Options The lock may be supplied with a single cylinder and blind rose
with a cylinder and thumbturn or simply with a double set of cylinders.
Module 1200
144
2
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn
operates deadbolt,
latch and indicator.
Lever handle retracts
latchbolt
1230
LATCH
EXTERNAL
Lever handle
retracts latchbolt
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Lever handle
retracts latchbolt
Backset
50mm
70mm
Backset
50mm
70mm
Backset
50mm
70mm
Backset
50mm
1216+
2625
BATHROOM LOCK
EXTERNAL
Indicator rose
with emergncy
device.
Lever handle
retracts latchbolt
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn operates
deadbolt and hookbolt.
Lever handle retracts
latchbolt
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn or
lever handle offer
free passage at all
times
1248
HOOKBOLT WITH LATCH
EXTERNAL
Key operates
hookbolt and
latchbolt
1233
EMERGENCY NIGHTLATCH
EXTERNAL
Key operates
latchbolt.
Scandinavian Locks
BATHROOM LOCK
Application Designed for bathrooms and areas where a deadbolt indicator is
required.
Options This is the 1216 lock case supplied with the Module 1200 toilet
accessories pack 2625.
LATCH
Application For internal doors where no deadlocking is required.
The latch may be supplied with either of our two ranges of door
handles (see below).
EMERGENCY NIGHTLATCH
Application For doors where emergency exit is required by lever handle entry
by key only.
Options The lock may be supplied with a single handle and blind rose with
a external cylinder and blind rose.
HOOKBOLT WITH LATCH
Application For use in areas where the maximum resistance to attack is
required.
Options Double cylinder set or cylinder and thumbturn are recommended
with this lock.
Module 1200
145
Scandinavian Locks
3
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn
retracts latchbolt.
Latchbolt held
back by snib.
1232
DEADLOCKING NIGHTLATCH
WITH HOLDBACK SNIB
EXTERNAL
Latchbolt automatic
deadlocking.
Key retracts
latchbolt.
Backset
50mm
DEADLOCKING NIGHTLATCH
Application Designed for where automatic locking is required such as ofces and
cash rooms.
Options Latchbolt is deadlocking and operated by the external key or
internal thumbturn.
DOUBLE NIGHTLATCH
Application Designed for classrooms in schools and universities, commercial
premises and residential applications.
Options Both latchbolts are operated by the external key or internal thumbturn
with the top latch being automatically deadlocked. Thumbturn or
cylinder retracts both latches with the lower latchbolt being operated
by the lever handle.
HOLD-BACK SNIB
Options Where the lock is supplied with the hold-back snib the upper latch is
held back in the open position until released, leaving the lower latch
as a passage function.
HOLD-BACK KEY SNIB
Options The operation is the same as the hold-back snib but requires a key to
operate the snib on the forend of the lock.
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn
retracts latchbolt.
Latchbolt held
back by snib.
Backset
50mm
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn
operates
latchbolt
Backset
50mm
1234
DEADLOCKING NIGHTLATCH
WITH HOLDBACK KEY SNIB
EXTERNAL
Latchbolt automatic
deadlocking.
Key retracts
latchbolt.
1235
DEADLOCKING NIGHTLATCH
WITH NO HOLDBACK
EXTERNAL
Latchbolt automatic
deadlocking.
Key retracts
latchbolt.
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn
operates both
latchbolts. Lever
handle retracts
lower latchbolt.
Top latch key
snib holdback.
1222
DOUBLE NIGHTLATCH
WITH HOLDBACK SNIB
EXTERNAL
Top latchbolt
automatic
deadlocking.
Key retracts
both latchbolts.
Lever operates
lower latchbolt.
Backset
50mm
70mm
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn
operates both
latchbolts. Lever
handle retracts
lower latchbolt.
Top latch key
snib holdback.
Backset
50mm
70mm
1230
LATCH
INTERNAL
Thumbturn
operates both
latchbolts. Lever
handle retracts
lower latchbolt.
No holdback.
Backset
50mm
70mm
1224
DOUBLE NIGHTLATCH
WITH HOLDBACK KEY SNIB
EXTERNAL
Top latchbolt
automatic
deadlocking.
Key retracts
both latchbolts.
Lever operates
lower latchbolt.
1225
DOUBLE NIGHTLATCH
WITH NO HOLDBACK
EXTERNAL
Top latchbolt
automatic
deadlocking.
Key retracts
both latchbolts.
Lever operates
lower latchbolt.
Module 1200
146
4
Scandinavian Locks
DOOR FURNITURE
Module 1200 door furniture is available with sprung and unsprung options. The
handles are ideal for heavy trafc areas and may be supplied in brass or satin
chrome nishes.
The handles are designed to compliment the Module 1200 range of thumbturns,
escutcheon and toilet accessories.
Module 1200 door furniture is recommended for hospitals, schools and public
buildings.
The furniture offers bolt through xings for maximum strength and durability.
Cylinder rings are offered in a range of sizes to allow for door thickness and ve
or six pin cylinders.
Door furniture available in Satin Chrome and Polished Brass Plated Finishes
2640 Unsprung solid brass handles with round rose 2696 Unsprung solid brass handles with round rose
26640 Sprung solid brass handles with round rose 26696 Sprung solid brass handles with round rose
CYLINDERS
Cylinders available in both nickel and
brass nishes. Master suited and key
to differ integrated into system with
other types of cylinders available.
2640 Extension Piece Extends cylinder length for
thicker doors.
Sizes available 8 & 12mm
2717 Cylinder Screw Sizes available 28, 38 & 48mm.
2949 Fixing Screw M5 Brass screw for handles and
accessory set xing.
Size 5 & 90mm site adjustable.
Requires xing nipple.
2949 Fixing Nipple M5 xing nipple for handles and
accessory sets.

Module 1200
Cylinders
147
Scandinavian Locks
Accessories
Accessory Sets
Standard Module 1200 accessory kits are available in four sizes and are designed to
suit all scandinavian cylinder ranges. For non standard size doors a range of cylinder
rings and extended screws may be supplied. Cylinder extension pieces are also
available to enable the perfect t of all components.
ACCESSORY SET
SIZE 2944 2946 2947 2948 Cylinder
11mm 5 PIN
13mm std 5 PIN
16mm 6 PIN
18mm std 6 PIN
Cylinders suit 44mm/45mm doors
5
148
Scandinavian Locks
Euro 600 Series
European Sized Lockcases
European Sized Lockcase High-grade specication lock case with 72mm centre.
The Euro 600 series lock is designed for use with European Door furniture and is available with 60 and 70mm backsets. Euro
600 lock cases are an ideal companion for non-sprung door furniture.
The Euro 600 series includes a reversible latch for on site adjustment in 30 seconds without opening the lockcase and
hardened steel deadbolt. The lock forend is only 25mm wide and available in Brass and Stainless Steel.
The Euro 600 Series offers a 25 year return to base guarantee.

External Doors

Weather Resistant

Anti Tamper

Timber Doors

Metal Doors
6
149
Scandinavian Locks
NOTES
7
150
Accessible Locking
Solutions
Turns Indicators Keybows Lockcases
Accessories
23
Suppliers of:
Section A
151
product description
Aooess|b|e turn f|tted to Seourefast P|us or Prem|er oy||nders, fu|| |ength see se|eot|on ohart}
Aooess|b|e turn f|tted to Seourefast P|us or Prem|er oy||nders, fu|| |ength see se|eot|on ohart}
Aooess|b|e turn f|tted to Seourefast P|us or Prem|er oy||nders, reduoed |ength see se|eot|on ohart}
Aooess|b|e turn f|tted to Seourefast P|us or Prem|er oy||nders, reduoed |ength see se|eot|on ohart}
reference
SA NT SS
SA NT PB
SA NT MlNl SS
SA NT MlNl PB
finish
sta|n|ess stee|
po||shed brass
sta|n|ess stee|
po||shed brass
Access|b|e Turn (for use w|th Securefast P|us and Prem|er cy||nders|
product description
Aooess|b|e key bow f|tted to Seourefast P|us or Prem|er keys
Aooess|b|e key bow f|tted to Seourefast P|us or Prem|er keys
reference
SA BOW R
SA BOW B
finish
red
b|ue
Key bows
product description
Aooess|b|e bathroom turn & |nd|oator set, fu|| |ength see se|eot|on ohart}
Aooess|b|e bathroom turn & |nd|oator set, fu|| |ength see se|eot|on ohart}
Aooess|b|e bathroom turn & |nd|oator set, reduoed |ength see se|eot|on ohart}
Aooess|b|e bathroom turn & |nd|oator set, reduoed |ength see se|eot|on ohart}
reference
SA BT SS
SA BT EB
SA BT MlNl SS
SA BT MlNl EB
finish
sta|n|ess stee|
e|eotro brass
sta|n|ess stee|
e|eotro brass
Access|b|e bathroom turn & |nd|cator
/ccess|o|e 70|n
/|n|
/ccess|o|e 70|n
5|anoa|o
/nward open|ng door m|n. oac|se| 70mm
Outward open|ng door
12.5 - 15mm frame stop
m|n. oac|se| 70mm
Outward open|ng door
25mm frame stop
no| s0||ao|e
m|n. oac|se| 50mm
m|n. oac|se| 70mm
m|n. oac|se| 70mm
Door and frame
conf|gurat|ons
Technica| A|ert
For the best so|ut|on speo|fy the
Aooess|b|e fu|| |ength turn w|th a
70mm baokset |ook oase. M|n| turns
shou|d on|y be used for outward
open|ng doors w|th a 25mm frame
stop assum|ng a 70mm |ook oase has
been speo|f|ed}.
Technica| A|ert
The Seourefast Aooess|b|e bathroom turn & |nd|oator set |s des|gned speo|f|oa||y for use w|th
Seourefast Aooess|b|e |ook oases and offers surfaoe f|x|ng on|y. As the bo|t through f|x|ng pos|t|ons
are non standard, a|ternat|ve bathroom turn & |nd|oator sets may be not be oompat|b|e or may be
requ|red to be surfaoe f|xed on|y.
Product Selector - Turns, Keybows & Indicators
Accessible Locking Solutions
1
Standard access|b|e turn 70
The benef|ts of |everage
Securefast Access|b|e turn
M|n| access|b|e turn 50
Access|b|e key bow 50
Typ|ca| Force Reduct|on
7|e /o|ce |eo0c||on q0o|eo aoo.e a|e an a.e|ae,
w|en comoa|eo w||| |,o|ca| non-access|o|e
o|oo0c|s.
BS8300:2001 Design of buildings and their approaches to meet the needs of disabled people
- code of practice
This guide provides further assistance in the specication of hardware for those with special needs.
Extracts that are particularly relevant when selecting locking hardware are:
A To ensure that people with impaired vision and/or dexterity have unobstructed access to the
keyway, the cylinder should either be above the lever handle or the minimum distance between the
handle and the keyway of the locking mechanism should be 72mm.
B Wherever possible, door opening furniture with lever action should be used as door furniture with a
spherical, circular or similar design is difcult to use by people with, for instance, arthritis or a weak grip.
C Consideration should be given to the provision of a larger keybow on lever and cylinder keys to give
users greater control. Alternatively, a hand-grippable keyfob can be added to a standard keybow, to aid
manipulation of the key.
D It is recommended that the distance between the edge of the door to the centreline of the lock follower
and/or keyway (commonly known as the lock backset) should be a
minimum of 54mm.
Securefast Accessible Solutions are designed to meet the needs of BS8300:2001 and contribute to
satisfying the requirements of the Disability Discrimination Act (DDA).
product description
Aooess|b|e key bow f|tted to Seourefast P|us or Prem|er keys
Aooess|b|e key bow f|tted to Seourefast P|us or Prem|er keys
reference
SA BOW R
SA BOW B
finish
red
b|ue
Key bows
152
Product Dimensional Information
R SQ
Rebate sets
Su|tab|e for a|| |ook types
Sashlock A B
SA 222 50 SS R 74.5 50
SA 222 70 SS R 94.5 70
Deadlock A B
SA 212 50 SS R 74.5 50
SA 212 70 SS R 94.5 70
Emergency nightlatch A B
SA 393 50 SS R 74.5 50
SA 393 70 SS R 94.5 70
Latch A B
SA 303 50 SS R 74.5 50
SA 303 70 SS R 94.5 70
Double nightlatch A B
SA 372 50 SS R 74.5 50
SA 372 70 SS R 94.5 70
w|thout ho|d-baok sn|b
Double nightlatch A B
SA 353 50 SS R 74.5 50
SA 353 70 SS R 94.5 70
w|th ho|d-baok sn|b
Deadlocking nightlatch A B
SA 383 50 SS R 74.5 50
SA 383 70 SS R 94.5 70
w|thout ho|d-baok sn|b
Deadlocking nightlatch A B
SA 323 50 SS R 74.5 50
SA 323 70 SS R 94.5 70
w|th ho|d-baok sn|b
Bathroom lock A B
SA 400 50 SS R 74.5 50
SA 400 70 SS R 94.5 70
Rebate set A B
12.5mm rebate 9.6 13.2
25mm rebate 22.1 26.2
Accessible Locking Solutions
2
153
154
Product Dimensional Information
Standard strike p|ates
222 sash|ook
353 & 372 doub|e n|ght|atoh
Standard strike p|ates
212 dead|ook
Standard strike p|ates
303 |atoh
323 & 383 dead|ook|ng n|ght|atoh
393 emergenoy n|ght|atoh
S
A

S
P
1

R
S
A

S
P
2

R
S
A
S
P
3
R
Accessible Locking Solutions
3
S
A

S
P
3
E

R
S
A

S
P
1
E

R
Extended strike p|ate
222 sash|ook
353 & 372 doub|e n|ght|atoh
Extended strike p|ate
303 |atoh
323 & 383 dead|ook|ng n|ght|atoh
393 emergenoy n|ght|atoh
Extended Security strike p|ate
222 sash|ook
Security strike p|ate
222 sash|ook
Security strike p|ate
212 dead|ook
S

-
A

S
S
P
2

R
5
0
Accessib|e key bow
SHA1200 Accessib|e Lever hand|e SA BT bathroom turn & indicator
4 28 9
S
A

B
T
S
A

B
T

M
I
N
I
50
Key Machines &
Key Blanks
Key Machines Cylinder Keys Mortice Keys
Section
24
155
PH-Key Machines 22/2/07 10:51 am Page 2
Features
4-Way Jaw System
Semi-Automatic
330 x 330 x 205mm
Fibre Brush
Weight: 11 Kilos
Lever & Ward Cuts
Rack & Pinion Action
400 x 350 x 270mm
Lead Screw Movement
Weight: 28 Kilos
Cuts Bit, Double Bit & Mortice Keys
Large 330watt Motor
470 x 380 x 400mm
Heavy Duty Cast Iron Base
Keys Can Be Cut Using One Hand
1
Key Machines & Keyblanks
TM1008 JAGUAR Key Machine
The Jaguar is a heavy-duty semi-automatic machine, ideal for
cutting large numbers of house and automobile cylinder keys with
speed, accuracy and ease.
TM1011 MK2 Key Machine
Designed to cut conventional lever and side ward cuts, plus flat
steel, rim and mortice, double bitted pin, pipe and safe key blanks,
plus other specialist keys, using a simple lead screw action.
TMY2K ORION Mortice Machine
The Ilco Orion Y2K is the top of the line machine and is our most
versatile mortice key machine. It is able to cut bit, double bit,
mortice keys with side-wards and bullet wards. Especially suited
for cutting long safe keys.
TM303 MUSTANG Laser Machine
The Mustang improves upon the traditions already laid down by
the previous RST Colt machine over the last two decades.
Cuts Laser, Dimple, Tubular &
Specialist keys
Variable Speed Motor
Cross Plate Lock
Synchronised tilting vices for
angle cuts
Multi-lock adapters included
Tubular key adapter included
Size: 300 x 300 x 450mm
Weight: 25 Kilos
156
PH-Key Machines 22/2/07 10:51 am Page 3
Precision 4-way jaws
Transparent protection screen
Lamp
Nylon Deburring Brush
Hardened depth and key guide
Swarf Tray
300 x 330 x 190mm
Weight: 20 kilos
2
Key Machines & Keyblanks
TM800 Dual Purpose Key Machine
This machine is the most versatile in our range allowing the
duplication of cylinder keys, mortice / bit keys (without sideward
cuts), Abloy (1/2 circle), Abus, Ford Tibbe and Chubb Ava keys.
1 2
3 4 5
Cylinder
Household
Keyboard
Mortice
Keyboard
Mortice
Keyboard
Mortice
Keyboard
Cylinder
Household
Keyboard
RST Cylinder Keyboard &
Mortice Keyboard Range
This machine is the most versatile
in our range allowing the duplication
of cylinder keys, mortice / bit keys
(without sideward cuts), Abloy (1/2
circle), Abus, Ford Tibbe and Chubb
Ava keys.
157
PH-Key Machines 22/2/07 10:51 am Page 4
Key Machines & Keyblanks
3
Cylinder & Mortice Keyblanks
The Jaguar is a heavy-duty semi-automatic machine, ideal for
cutting large numbers of house and automobile cylinder keys with
speed, accuracy and ease.
Kool Kapz Customised Key Covers
The Jaguar is a heavy-duty semi-automatic machine, ideal for
cutting large numbers of house and automobile cylinder keys with
speed, accuracy and ease.
Kool Kapz
Union Jack
Kool Kapz
Smiley Face
20 Designs
Easy to Apply
Protects Keys
Self Adhesive
Colourful Merchandiser
Kool Kapz
merchandiser with
x100 packs
158
PH-Key Machines 22/2/07 10:51 am Page 1
Anti- Ligature Furniture

Turns & Escutcheons

Pulls

Knobs & Turns

Lever Handles

Accessories
25
Section
159
Anti- Ligature Furniture
Anti-Ligature Turns & Escutcheons
Anti Ligature Turns and Escutcheons Provided in two sizes to cover most requirements ANT3TT turns
can be tted to most clutch turn cylinders or supplied complete with clutch turn cylinder.
ANT363TT
Thumb turn provided in two sizes to cover most
requirements. Can be tted to most clutch turn
cylinders or supplied complete with clutch cylinder.
ANT350
Anti-ligature 50mm diameter face x escutcheon.
ANT350BB
Pair of the above, bolted through.
ANT363 BLANK
Anti-ligature 63mm escutcheon.
ANT44
Anti ligature cylinder turn, covers
end of cylinder completely. Bolts
through to ANT3 escutcheon.
ANTIFM12
Anti ligature bathroom turn
andrelease. Available with or
without indicator.
Anti-Ligature Range
The new range of Anti Ligature Door Handles, Fittings and
Accessories from Dortrend are specically designed to
help prevent the tragedy of suicide by those who may be
temporarily distressed, irrational or emotionally disturbed.
For this reason, the range is ideal for use in detention
centres, hospitals, prisons, immigration centres and care
centres where the safety and welfare of residents is a
concern.
The sympathetic functionality of the range makes it ideal
where effectiveand reliable control or restraint of residents
may be required in extreme situations, whilst clothing and
limbs are also far less likely to be accidentally trapped or
damaged, further limiting unnecessary pain and distress.
Stylish Good Looks
The Anti Ligature range is virtually maintenance free yet
avoids the traditional institutionalised look of some ttings.
The Anti Ligature range combines exceptional standards of
functionality and performance with a host of aesthetically
pleasing design features.
For example, soft, rounded shapes and nely machined
and nished surfaces make the range extremely pleasing
to the eye. This means it will instantly appeal to architects,
speciers and interior designers as well as local authority and
private care home managers where harmonious surroundings
and lifestyle needs are of paramount importance.
Materials
The Anti Ligature range is available in Aluminium, Polished
Brass and Stainless Steel.
1
160
ANTFP1
Bolt through ush pull. Box
section is curved to prevent
objects being forced into the
slot. Supplied with anti-tamper
screws. Also available xed
back to back.
ANTWHBTAS
Pull handle bolted through door
with four anti-tamperbolts.
Can also be supplied face x or
back to back. Standard lengths of
300mm, 425mm, 600mm, 1000mm,
1500mm, 2100mm, or any length
to order.
ANT2PL
Pull handle on plate complete with
anti-tamper screws. Designed with
unique anti lever device to avoid
leverage being applied to handle.
Also available back to back.
ANT2RR
Pull handle on rose bolted through door with
four anti-tamper bolts. Also available xed
back to back.
ANT5PL
Pull handle on plate. Also available
without plate to bolt through door.
Available with textured paint nish
for extra grip. Designed to prevent
barricading whilst allowing sufcient
grip to operate the door.
Both versions can be tted back
to back.
Anti-Ligature Pulls
Prole of ANTWHBTAS)
Anti- Ligature Furniture
2
161
Anti- Ligature Furniture
Anti-Ligature Lever Handles
ANT619RDRLSTR
ANT6 knob with straight lever
angled at 45
ANTNS7
Anti-ligature lever handle
manufactured from 316 Stainless
Steel. Supplied with a number of
alternative rose ttings
Anti-Ligature Coat Hook
ANTCH1
Designed to discourage the attachment of
ligatures to the hook, which will only support
the weight of the average overcoat. The
domed body completes the contemporary and
safe design. Available in Aluminiun, Brass and
Stainless Steel.
Anti-Ligature
Window Handle
ANTWIN2
Designed to be used with Espagnolette system.
Please contact our sales ofce for application
alternatives. Available in Stainless Steel
only.
Anti-Ligature Hinge
ANTHINGE
Designed to discourage the attachment of
ligatures to the top edge of a hinge.
Available in Stainless Steel or Mild Steel EPC.
Anti-Ligature Knobs & Turns
ANTCUP
Cupboard knob.
ANT6
Anti ligature knob with
double chamfer.
ANT1EX
The ANT1 knob with
textured nish for
improved grip.
Angle of movement
ANT1
Anti ligature knob
with concealed bolt
through xings.
3
162
Stainless Steel Furniture

Lever Furniture

Escutcheons

Bathroom Turns

Pull Handles
25
Section A
163
19mm Stainless Steel Lever
on Oblong Face Fix Plate
Polished
Latch EU400/ 21/ PSS
Lock EU400/ 22/ PSS
Europrole EU400/ 23/ PSS
Ovalprole EU400/ 24/ PSS
Bathroom EU400/ 25/ PSS
5
0
m
m
55mm
10mm
35mm
132mm
3mm
19mm
5
8
m
m
5
5
m
m
1
4
0
m
m
1
6
0
m
m
Satin
Latch EU400/ 21/ SS
Lock EU400/ 22/ SS
Europrole EU400/ 23/ SS
Ovalprole EU400/ 24/ SS
Bathroom EU400/ 25/ SS
Stainless Steel Furniture
19mm Stainless Steel Lever
on Concealed Fix Rose
Polished EU400/ 10/ PSS
Satin EU400/ 10/ SS
132mm
5
0
m
m
10mm
53mm
65mm
19mm
19mm Stainless Steel Lever
on Square Face Fix Plate
Polished
Latch EU400/ 16/ PSS
Lock EU400/ 17/ PSS
Europrole EU400/ 18/ PSS
Ovalprole EU400/ 19/ PSS
Bathroom EU400/ 20/ PSS
Functional and stylish with its unique matching inner
ring the 304 grade stainless steel furniture range offers a
choice of polished & satin nishes, comes complete with
spindle, escutcheons & all xings. Springing where tted
is also stainless steel and has been factory tested to in
excess of 200,000 cycles.
5
0
m
m
150mm
140mm
10mm
132mm
3mm
19mm
5
8
m
m
5
5
m
m
1
4
0
m
m
1
6
0
m
m
Sprung Lever Furniture
Satin
Latch EU400/ 16/ SS
Lock EU400/ 17/ SS
Europrole EU400/ 18/ SS
Ovalprole EU400/ 19/ SS
Bathroom EU400/ 20/ SS
Unique matching
inner ring
57 48 48.5 57
57 48 48.5 57
1
164
19mm Stainless Steel Lever
on Radiused Concealed Plate
Polished
Latch EU400/ 31/ PSS
Lock EU400/ 32/ PSS
Europrole EU400/ 33/ PSS
Ovalprole EU400/ 34/ PSS
Bathroom EU400/ 35/ PSS
Stainless Steel Furniture
5
0
m
m
45mm
132mm
8mm
19mm
6
3
m
m
5
2
m
m
1
6
9
m
m
Escutcheons/ Bathroom Turns
Polished
Keyhole 10mm EU400/ 26/ 10/ PSS
Keyhole 5mm EU400/ 26/ 5/ PSS
Europrole 10mm EU400/ 27/ 10/ PSS
Europrole 5mm EU400/ 27/ 5/ PSS
Ovalprole 10mm EU400/ 28/ 10/ PSS
Ovalprole 5mm EU400/ 28/ 5/ PSS
Bath Turn EU400/ 29/ PSS
Dis. Bath Turn EU400/ 29/ D/ PSS
Satin
Keyhole 10mm EU400/ 26/ 10/ SS
Keyhole 5mm EU400/ 26/ 5/ SS
Europrole 10mm EU400/ 27/ 10/ SS
Europrole 5mm EU400/ 27/ 5/ SS
Ovalprole 10mm EU400/ 28/ 10/ SS
Ovalprole 5mm EU400/ 28/ 5/ SS
Bath Turn EU400/ 29/ SS
Dis. Bath Turn EU400/ 29/ D/ SS
Satin
Latch EU400/ 31/ PSS
Lock EU400/ 32/ PSS
Europrole EU400/ 33/ PSS
Ovalprole EU400/ 34/ PSS
Bathroom EU400/ 35/ PSS
Lock Euro Oval Bathroom
5
2
m
m
5/10mm
5
2
m
m
5/10mm
5/10mm
5
2
m
m
10mm
5
2
m
m
26mm
10mm
5
2
m
m
24mm
Keyhole
Europrofile
Ovalprofile
57 48 48.5 57
57 48 48.5 57
Stainless Steel Lever
on Oblong Concealed Plate
Polished
Latch EU400/ 11/ PSS
Lock EU400/ 12/ PSS
Europrole EU400/ 13/ PSS
Ovalprole EU400/ 14/ PSS
Bathroom EU400/ 15/ PSS
5
0
m
m
45mm
132mm
8mm
19mm
6
3
m
m
5
2
m
m
1
6
5
m
m
Satin
Latch EU400/ 11/ SS
Lock EU400/ 12/ SS
Europrole EU400/ 13/ SS
Ovalprole EU400/ 14/ SS
Bathroom EU400/ 15/ SS
2
165
Concealed Fix
Polished
EU402/ 150CF/ PSS Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
EU402/ 225CF/ PSS Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
EU402/ 300CF/ PSS Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
Satin
EU402/ 150CF/ SS Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
EU402/ 225CF/ SS Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
EU402/ 300CF/ SS Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
Pull Handles
Back to Back
Polished
EU404/ 150BB/ PSS Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
EU404/ 225BB/ PSS Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
EU404/ 300BB/ PSS Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
Satin
EU404/ 150BB/ SS Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
EU404/ 225BB/ SS Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
EU404/ 300BB/ SS Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
Bolt Fix
Polished
EU403/ 150BF/ PSS Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
EU403/ 225BF/ PSS Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
EU403/ 300BF/ PSS Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
Satin
EU403/ 150BF/ SS Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
EU403/ 225BF/ SS Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
EU403/ 300BF/ SS Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
3
Stainless Steel Furniture
166
Section B
Solid Stainless Steel
Furniture

Lever Furniture

Escutcheons

Bathroom Turns

Pull Handles

Accessories
25
167
34543
Stainless Steel Lever on
52mm Concealed Fix Rose
Sprung Solid Lever Furniture
Manufactured from solid stainless steel this distinctive range
offers the design, build quality and performance that top
residential and commercial specications require.
34552
Stainless Steel Lever on
52mm Concealed Fix Rose
34553
Stainless Steel Lever on
52mm Concealed Fix Rose
34542
Stainless Steel Lever on
52mm Concealed Fix Rose
34549
Stainless Steel Lever on
52mm Concealed Fix Rose
1
168
Solid Stainless Steel Furniture
34417
Stainless Steel Lever on
52mm Concealed Fix Rose
34440
Stainless Steel Lever on
50mm Concealed Fix Rose
34436
Stainless Steel Lever on
52mm Concealed Fix Rose
34438
Stainless Steel Lever on
52mm Concealed Fix Rose
34434
Stainless Steel Lever on
52mm Concealed Fix Rose
34514
Stainless Steel Lever on
50mm Concealed Fix Rose
2
169
Solid Stainless Steel Furniture
Solid Stainless Steel Furniture
Solid Section Pull Handles
Solid Section Round Bar Handles
10mm & 16mm Diameter
34445 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 100 x 10mm
34518 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 150 x 16mm
34519 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 16mm
34520 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 16mm
19mm Diameter
34441 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
34442 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
34443 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
34430 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 425 x 19mm
34508 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 600 x 19mm
34465 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
34466 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
34467 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
22mm Diameter
34469 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 22mm
34470 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 22mm
34471 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 22mm
34472 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 22mm
25mm Diameter
34490 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 425 x 25mm
34492 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 600 x 22mm
34491 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 425 x 25mm
34493 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 600 x 25mm
Grade 316 Stainless Steel
34532 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
34533 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
34534 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
34535 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
34536 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
34537 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
Solid Section Arched Pull Handles
19mm Diameter
34516 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Arched Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
34517 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Arched Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
Solid Section Back to Back Pull Handles
19mm Diameter
34461 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
34460 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
34459 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
34419 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 650 x 19mm
34464 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
34463 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
34462 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
22mm Diameter
34475 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 22mm
34476 Solid Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 22mm
34473 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 22mm
34474 Solid Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 22mm
3
170
Hollow Section Pull Handles
Hollow Section Round Bar Handles
19mm Diameter
34635 Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
34636 Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
34637 Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
34638 Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 425 x 19mm
34639 Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 600 x 19mm
34646 Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 150 x 19mm
34647 Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
34648 Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
34649 Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
34650 Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
22mm Diameter
34640 Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 22mm
34641 Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 22mm
34651 Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 22mm
34652 Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 22mm
25mm Diameter
34642 Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 25mm
34643 Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 22mm
34644 Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 425 x 25mm
34645 Satin Stainless Steel Pull Handle 600 x 25mm
34653 Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 225 x 25mm
34654 Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 300 x 25mm
34655 Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 425 x 25mm
34656 Polished Stainless Steel Pull Handle 600 x 25mm
Hollow Section Mitred Pull Handles
19mm Diameter
34672 Satin Stainless Steel Mitred Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
34673 Satin Stainless Steel Mitred Pull Handle 400 x 19mm
34674 Satin Stainless Steel Mitred Pull Handle 600 x 19mm
34675 Polished Stainless Steel Mitred Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
34676 Polished Stainless Steel Mitred Pull Handle 400 x 19mm
34677 Polished Stainless Steel Mitred Pull Handle 600 x 19mm
Hollow Section Guardsman Pull Handles
19mm Diameter
34657 Satin Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 325 x 19mm
34658 Satin Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 400 x 19mm
34459 Satin Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 1000 x 19mm
34664 Polished Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 325 x 19mm
34665 Polished Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 400 x 19mm
34666 Polished Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 400 x 19mm
25mm Diameter
34660 Satin Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 400 x 25mm
34661 Satin Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 600 x 25mm
34662 Satin Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 750 x 25mm
34663 Satin Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 1000 x 25mm
34667 Polished Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 400 x 25mm
34668 Polished Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 600 x 25mm
34669 Polished Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 750 x 25mm
34670 Polished Stainless Steel Guardsman Pull Handle 1000 x 25mm
34671 Kit for converting two Bolt Through Pull Handles to Back to Back
4
171
Solid Stainless Steel Furniture
Thumb Turns
34454 Satin Stainless Steel
Thumbturn & Release
50 x 5mm (5mm Spindle)
34458 Polished Stainless Steel
Thumbturn & Release
50 x 5mm (5mm Spindle)
34420 Satin Stainless Steel
Thumbturn & Release
52 x 8mm (5mm Spindle)
34423 Polished Stainless Steel
Thumbturn & Release
52 x 8mm (5mm Spindle)
34432 Satin Stainless Steel
Disabled Thumbturn & Release
50 x 5mm (5mm Spindle)
34431 Polished Stainless Steel
Disabled Thumbturn & Release
50 x 5mm (5mm Spindle)
34415 Satin Stainless Steel
Disabled Thumbturn & Release
52 x 8mm (5mm Spindle)
34416 Polished Stainless Steel
Disabled Thumbturn & Release
52 x 8mm (5mm Spindle)
Concealed Fix Roses for Pull Handles
to suit 16mm Pull Handles
34521 Satin Stainless Steel Rose 50 x 5mm
34522 Polished Stainless Steel Rose 50 x 5mm
to suit 19mm Pull Handles
34444 Satin Stainless Steel Rose 50 x 5mm
34503 Polished Stainless Steel Rose 50 x 5mm
to suit 22mm Pull Handles
34504 Satin Stainless Steel Rose 50 x 5mm
34505 Polished Stainless Steel Rose 50 x 5mm
to suit 25mm Pull Handles
34506 Satin Stainless Steel Rose 50 x 5mm
34507 Polished Stainless Steel Rose 50 x 5mm
Grade 316 to suit 19mm Pull Handles
34540 Satin Stainless Steel Rose 50 x 5mm
34541 Polished Stainless Steel Rose 50 x 5mm
Pull Handle Roses
5
172
Solid Stainless Steel Furniture
Escutcheons
Standard Keyway (Concealed Fix)
34489 Satin Stainless Steel 50 x 5mm
34497 Polished Stainless Steel 50 x 5mm
34411 Satin Stainless Steel 52 x 8mm
Euro Prole (Concealed Fix)
34447 Satin Stainless Steel 50 x 5mm
34456 Polished Stainless Steel 50 x 5mm
34412 Satin Stainless Steel 52 x 8mm
Oval Prole (Concealed Fix)
34452 Satin Stainless Steel 50 x 5mm
34457 Polished Stainless Steel 50 x 5mm
34410 Satin Stainless Steel 52 x 8mm
Standard Keyway
34480 Satin Stainless Steel
34497 Polished Stainless Steel
Euro Prole
34482 Satin Stainless Steel
34485 Polished Stainless Steel
Oval Prole
34481 Satin Stainless Steel
34484 Polished Stainless Steel
Circular Cut-Out
34426 Satin Stainless Steel
34427 Polished Stainless Steel
Cylinder Door Pulls
250
330
50 110
Letter Plates, Finger Plates
Letter Plates
34510 Satin Stainless Steel
Sprung Letter Plate 330 x 110mm
34511 Polished Stainless Steel
Sprung Letter Plate 330 x 110mm
Interior Letter Flaps
34512 Satin Stainless Steel
Interior Letter Flap 330 x 110mm
34513 Polished Stainless Steel
Interior Letter Flap 330 x 110mm
Finger Plates
Rectangular
34495 Satin Stainless Steel
Finger Plate 300 x 75mm
34496 Polished Stainless Steel
Finger Plate 300 x 75mm
Finger Plates
Radiused Corners
34495 Satin Stainless Steel
Finger Plate 400 x 75mm
34496 Polished Stainless Steel
Finger Plate 400 x 75mm
6
173
Solid Stainless Steel Furniture
Projection Door Stop
75mm
34453 Satin Stainless Steel
34422 Polished Stainless Steel
Floor Door Stop
30mm (narrow collar)
34479 Satin Stainless Steel
34494 Polished Stainless Steel
Oval Door Stop
34478 Satin Stainless Steel
34488 Satin Stainless Steel
Accessories
Handrail Bracket
75 x 50mm
34446 Satin Stainless Steel
34421 Polished Stainless Steel
Buffered Hat &
Coat Hook
34414 Satin Stainless Steel
34413 Polished Stainless Steel
Hat & Coat Hook
34448 Satin Stainless Steel
34424 Satin Stainless Steel
Flush Pull
120mm
34565 Satin Stainless Steel
34566 Polished Stainless Steel
Circular Flush Pull
90mm
34567 Satin Stainless Steel
34568 Polished Stainless Steel
Indicating Bolt
c/w Emergency Release
34569 Satin Stainless Steel
34570 Polished Stainless Steel
Dust Proof Socket
34571 Satin Stainless Steel
Male Symbol
75mm Dia.
34450 Satin Stainless Steel
34500 Polished Stainless Steel
Signage
Female Symbol
75mm Dia.
34451 Satin Stainless Steel
34501 Polished Stainless Steel
Disabled Symbol
75mm Dia.
34455 Satin Stainless Steel
34502 Polished Stainless Steel
Single Robe Hook
34449 Satin Stainless Steel
34425 Satin Stainless Steel
Door Stops
'Fire Door Keep Shut' Symbol
75mm Dia.
34486 Satin Stainless Steel
34498 Polished Stainless Steel
'Fire Door Keep Locked' Symbol
75mm Dia.
34487 Satin Stainless Steel
34499 Polished Stainless Steel
Floor Door Stop
30mm (wide collar)
34573 Satin Stainless Steel
34574 Polished Stainless Steel
7
174
Solid Stainless Steel Furniture
Polished Brass & Chrome
Plate Furniture
25
Section C
175
Oakley Range
Backplate: 170mm x 42mm Lever Length: 97mm
Projection: 54mm Plate Thickness: 10mm
Oakley Range
DL166 Lever Latch Short Plate Furniture - Polished Brass
DL166CP Lever Latch Short Plate Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL167 Lever Latch Furniture - Polished Brass
DL167CP Lever Latch Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL168WC Lever Bathroom Furniture - Polished Brass
DL168WCCP Lever Bathroom Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL168Y Lever Lock Euro Prole Furniture (47.5mm Centres) - Polished Brass
DL168YCP Lever Lock Euro Prole Furniture (47.5mm Centres) - Chrome Plate
Ashtead Range
Backplate: 168mm x 48mm Lever Length: 97mm
Projection: 58mm Plate Thickness: 13mm
Ashtead Range
DL16 Lever Latch Short Plate Furniture - Polished Brass
DL16CP Lever Latch Short Plate Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL17 Lever Lock Furniture - Polished Brass
DL17Y Lever Lock Euro Prole Furniture (47.5mm Centres) - Polished Brass
DL17YCP Lever Lock Euro Prole Furniture (47.5mm Centres) - Chrome Plate
DL18 Lever Latch Furniture - Polished Brass
DL18CP Lever Latch Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL18WC Lever Bathroom Furniture - Polished Brass
DL18WCCP Lever Bathroom Furniture - Chrome Plate
Madrid Range
Backplate: 165mm x 45mm Lever Length: 97mm
Projection: 58mm Plate Thickness: 13mm
Madrid Range
DL190 Lever Lock Short Plate Furniture - Polished Brass
DL190CP Lever Lock Short Plate Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL191 Lever Latch Short Plate Furniture - Polished Brass
DL191CP Lever Latch Short Plate Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL192 Lever Short Plate Bathroom Furniture - Polished Brass
DL192CP Lever Short Plate Bathroom Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL290 Lever Lock Furniture - Polished Brass
DL290CP Lever Lock Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL291 Lever Latch Furniture - Polished Brass
DL291CP Lever Latch Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL292 Lever Bathroom Furniture - Polished Brass
DL292CP Lever Bathroom Furniture - Chrome Plate
1
Polished Brass & Chrome
Plate Furniture
176
Andros Range
Backplate: 180mm x 40mm Lever Length:
Projection: Plate Thickness:
Andros Range
DL180 Short Plate Lever Lock Furniture - Polished Brass
DL180CP Short Plate Lever Lock Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL181 Short Plate Lever Latch Furniture - Polished Brass
DL181CP Short Plate Lever Latch Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL182 Short Plate Lever Bathroom Furniture - Polished Brass
DL182CP Short Plate Lever Bathroom Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL380 Lever Lock Furniture - Polished Brass
DL380CP Lever Lock Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL380SC Lever Lock Furniture - Satin Chrome
DL380Y Lever Lock Furniture - Euro Prole (47.5mm C/C) Polished Brass
DL380YCP Lever Lock Furniture - Euro Prole (47.5mm C/C) Chrome Plate
DL380YSC Lever Lock Furniture - Euro Prole (47.5mm C/C) Satin Chrome
DL381 Lever Latch Furniture - Polished Brass
DL381CP Lever Latch Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL381SC Lever Latch Furniture - Satin Chrome
DL382 Lever Bathroom Furniture - Polished Brass
DL382CP Lever Bathroom Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL382SC Lever Bathroom Furniture - Satin Chrome
Eden Range
Backplate: 180mm x 48mm Lever Length:
Projection: Plate Thickness:
Eden Range
DL410 Lever Lock Furniture - Polished Brass
DL410CP Lever Lock Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL411 Lever Latch Furniture - Polished Brass
DL411CP Lever Latch Furniture - Chrome Plate
DL412 Lever Bathroom Furniture - Polished Brass
DL412CP Lever Bathroom Furniture - Chrome Plate
Wing Range
Backplate: 150mm x 42mm Lever Length: 110mm
Projection: 60mm Plate Thickness: 10mm
Wing Range
EL60 Lever Lock Furniture - Polished Brass
EL60CP Lever Lock Furniture - Chrome Plate
EL60Y Lever Lock Euro Prole Furniture (47.5mm Centres) - Polished Brass
EL61 Lever Latch Furniture - Polished Brass
EL61CP Lever Latch Furniture - Chrome Plate
EL62 Lever Bathroom Furniture - Polished Brass
EL62CP Lever Bathroom Furniture - Chrome Plate
2
Polished Brass & Chrome
Plate Furniture
177
3
178
NOTES
Polished Brass & Chrome
Plate Furniture
Section D
Contract Aluminium
Furniture

Lever Furniture

Escutcheons

Bathroom Turns

Pull Handles

Accessories
25
89 179
Lever on Round Rose
EU3021 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 50mm Concealed Rose
(c/w bolt through xings)
EU3001
PAA Keyhole
Escutcheon - 50mm
Concealed Fix
EU3002
PAA Europrole
Escutcheon - 50mm
Concealed Fix
EU3003
PAA Oval Cylinder
Escutcheon 50mm
Concealed Fix
EU3005
PAA Turn & Release Set
with indicator - 50mm
Concealed Fix
EU3010 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Latch Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU3011 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Keyhole Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU3018 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Oval Prole Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU3019 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Turn & Release Backplate
Concealed Fix
Escutcheons
Leamore - Round Lever on
Plate Furniture
EU3020 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Euro Prole Backplate
Concealed Fix
1
Contract Aluminium Furniture
180
Birchills - Flat Lever on
Plate Furniture
Pull Handles
2
Contract Aluminium Furniture
Bolt Fix Pull Handles
19mm Diameter
EU8171 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
EU8172 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
22mm Diameter
EU8191 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 225 x 22mm
EU8192 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 300 x 22mm
Concelaed Fix Pull Handles
19mm Diameter
EU8181 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
EU8182 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
22mm Diameter
EU8194 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 225 x 22mm
EU8195 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 300 x 22mm
Oval Grip Pull Handles
EU8136 PAA Oval Grip Pull Handle 9"
EU8138 PAA Oval Grip Pull Handle 12"
EU8100
Flat Lever Set
on Latch Backplate
Face Fix
EU8101
Flat Lever Set
on Keyhole Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU8102 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Keyhole Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU8088 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Latch Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU8089 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Latch Backplate
Concealed Fix
181
Contract Aluminium Furniture
Aluminium Accessories
EU8636 Lever Action Flush Bolt 6" x 3/4"
EU8637 Lever Action Flush Bolt 8" x 3/4"
EU8640 Straight Barrel Bolt 4" x 1
1
/4"
EU8641 Straight Barrel Bolt 6" x 1
1
/4"
EU8642 Straight Barrel Bolt 8" x 1
1
/4"
EU8635 Indicator Bolt
EU8420
'D' Handle Rear Fix 4" x
3
/8"
EU8421
'D' Handle Rear Fix 6" x
3
/8"
EU7855 Easi-Clean Socket
EU8765
Hooded Door Stop 1
5
/8"
EU8767
Shielded Door Stop 1
3
/8"
EU8777
Shielded Door Stop 1
5
/8"
EU8507 Hat & Coat Hook 5"
EU8513
Wardrobe Hook 2"
EU8110 SAA Rear Fix Letterplate 10"x 3"
EU8112 SAA Face Fix Letterplate 10"x 3"
EU8114 SAA Face Fix Letterplate 12"x 3"
EU8116 SAA Letter Tidy 10"
EU8760
Projection Door
Stop 2
1
/2"
EU8761
Projection Door
Stop 3"
EU8786
Square Base
Door Stop 2
3
/4"
EU8400
Square Cylinder Pull
EU846
Round Cylinder Pull
EU8391
Handrail Bracket 2
1
/2"
EU8396
Handrail Bracket 3"
EU8411
Covered Escutcheon 1
1
/4"
EU8410
Open Escutcheon 1
1
/4"
EU8880
Toilet Roll Holder
PH1003
Architectural Thumbturn
92
3
182
Section D
Contract Aluminium
Furniture

Lever Furniture

Escutcheons

Bathroom Turns

Pull Handles

Accessories
25
89 179
Lever on Round Rose
EU3021 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 50mm Concealed Rose
(c/w bolt through xings)
EU3001
PAA Keyhole
Escutcheon - 50mm
Concealed Fix
EU3002
PAA Europrole
Escutcheon - 50mm
Concealed Fix
EU3003
PAA Oval Cylinder
Escutcheon 50mm
Concealed Fix
EU3005
PAA Turn & Release Set
with indicator - 50mm
Concealed Fix
EU3010 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Latch Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU3011 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Keyhole Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU3018 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Oval Prole Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU3019 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Turn & Release Backplate
Concealed Fix
Escutcheons
Leamore - Round Lever on
Plate Furniture
EU3020 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Euro Prole Backplate
Concealed Fix
1
Contract Aluminium Furniture
180
Birchills - Flat Lever on
Plate Furniture
Pull Handles
2
Contract Aluminium Furniture
Bolt Fix Pull Handles
19mm Diameter
EU8171 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
EU8172 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
22mm Diameter
EU8191 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 225 x 22mm
EU8192 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 300 x 22mm
Concelaed Fix Pull Handles
19mm Diameter
EU8181 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 225 x 19mm
EU8182 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 300 x 19mm
22mm Diameter
EU8194 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 225 x 22mm
EU8195 PAA Round Bar Pull Handle 300 x 22mm
Oval Grip Pull Handles
EU8136 PAA Oval Grip Pull Handle 9"
EU8138 PAA Oval Grip Pull Handle 12"
EU8100
Flat Lever Set
on Latch Backplate
Face Fix
EU8101
Flat Lever Set
on Keyhole Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU8102 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Keyhole Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU8088 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Latch Backplate
Concealed Fix
EU8089 19mm
Round Bar PAA Lever Set
on 152 x 40mm Latch Backplate
Concealed Fix
181
Contract Aluminium Furniture
Aluminium Accessories
EU8636 Lever Action Flush Bolt 6" x 3/4"
EU8637 Lever Action Flush Bolt 8" x 3/4"
EU8640 Straight Barrel Bolt 4" x 1
1
/4"
EU8641 Straight Barrel Bolt 6" x 1
1
/4"
EU8642 Straight Barrel Bolt 8" x 1
1
/4"
EU8635 Indicator Bolt
EU8420
'D' Handle Rear Fix 4" x
3
/8"
EU8421
'D' Handle Rear Fix 6" x
3
/8"
EU7855 Easi-Clean Socket
EU8765
Hooded Door Stop 1
5
/8"
EU8767
Shielded Door Stop 1
3
/8"
EU8777
Shielded Door Stop 1
5
/8"
EU8507 Hat & Coat Hook 5"
EU8513
Wardrobe Hook 2"
EU8110 SAA Rear Fix Letterplate 10"x 3"
EU8112 SAA Face Fix Letterplate 10"x 3"
EU8114 SAA Face Fix Letterplate 12"x 3"
EU8116 SAA Letter Tidy 10"
EU8760
Projection Door
Stop 2
1
/2"
EU8761
Projection Door
Stop 3"
EU8786
Square Base
Door Stop 2
3
/4"
EU8400
Square Cylinder Pull
EU846
Round Cylinder Pull
EU8391
Handrail Bracket 2
1
/2"
EU8396
Handrail Bracket 3"
EU8411
Covered Escutcheon 1
1
/4"
EU8410
Open Escutcheon 1
1
/4"
EU8880
Toilet Roll Holder
PH1003
Architectural Thumbturn
92
3
182
Coloured Nylon Furniture

Lever Furniture

Escutcheons

Bathroom Turns

Pull Handles

Accessories
Section E
25
183
Nylon Lever Furniture
Manufactured from solid nylon this distinctive range offers the
design, build quality and performance that top residential and
commercial specications require & has a choice of 15 different
colours to choose from.
EU500/ 10
19mm Lever on Rose
EU500/ 31
Lever on Concealed
Radius Plate
1
9
2
4
5
8
Concealed Radius Plate
EU500/ 31 Latch
EU500/ 32 Lock
EU500/ 33 Oval
EU500/ 34 Euro
EU500/ 35 Bathroom
1
6
5
1
5
0 3
1
6
5
1
5
0
3
Oblong Face Fix Plate
EU500/ 21 Latch
EU500/ 22 Lock
EU500/ 23 Oval
EU500/ 24 Euro
EU500/ 25 Bathroom
Square Face Fix Plate
EU500/ 16 Latch
EU500/ 17 Lock
EU500/ 18 Oval
EU500/ 19 Euro
EU500/ 20 Bathroom
1
3
5
8
5
2
Lever on Round Rose
EU500/ 10 Rose
Escutcheons 52mm Dia.
EU500/ 26 Keyhole
EU500/ 27 Euro
EU500/ 28 Oval
EU500/ 29 Bathroom
Cocoa Brown Peat Brown
Ink Blue
Pitch Black Dove Grey
Polar White Regal Blue
Battleship Grey
Moss Green Lincoln Green Forest Green
Beige Sunflower Yellow Mustard Yellow
Colour Range
Scarlet Red
1
Coloured Nylon Furniture
184
Entrance Pull Handles
Bolt Through
EU503/ 150BF 150 x 20mm
EU523/ 250BF 250 x 30mm
EU533/ 300BF 300 x 34mm
Concealed
EU522/ 250CF 250 x 30mm
EU522/ 300CF 300 x 34mm
Back to Back
EU524/ 250BF 250 x 30mm
EU524/ 300BF 300 x 34mm
Entrance Pull Handles - Cranked
Bolt Through
EU512/ 150BF 210 x 30mm
EU513/ 150BF 300 x 34mm
Back to Back
EU514/ 210BB 210 x 20mm
EU514/ 300BB 300 x 20mm
Entrance Pull Handles - Straight
Bolt Through
EU513/ 300BF 300 x 32mm
EU513/ 1000BF 1000 x 32mm
EU513/ 1500BF 1500 x 32mm
Back to Back
EU514/ 300BB 300 x 32mm
EU514/ 1000BB 1000 x 32mm
EU514/ 1500BB 1500 x 32mm
Entrance Pull Handles - On Plate
Face Fix
EU505/ 30/ 250 250 x 30mm
EU525/ 34/ 300 250 x 30mm
Engraved PUSH
EU505/ 30/ 250PH 250 x 30mm
EU525/ 34/ 300PH 250 x 30mm
Engraved PULL
EU505/ 30/ 250PL 250 x 30mm
EU525/ 34/ 300PL 250 x 30mm
Entrance Pull Handles - Circular
Bolt Through
EU573/ 100BF 210 x 30mm
Back to Back
EU574/ 100BB 210 x 30mm
Entrance Pull Handles - Semi Circular
Bolt Through
EU543/ 30/ 210BF 210 x 30mm
Back to Back
EU544/ 30/ 210BB 210 x 30mm
Entrance Pull Handles - Triangular
Bolt Through
EU553/ 34/ 295BF 295 x 34mm
Back to Back
EU554/ 34/ 295BB 295 x 34mm
2
Coloured Nylon Furniture
Pull Handles
185
Letter Plate
405mm EU508D
Accessories
Coloured Nylon Furniture
Interior Letter Tidy
254mm EU509A
305mm EU509B
Nylon Symbols
100 x 150mm
EU507D Disabled Symbol
EU507F Female Symbol
EU507V Male Symbol
Nylon Symbols
150 x 150mm
EU507SD Disabled Symbol
EU507SF Female Symbol
EU507SV Male Symbol
Barrel Bolt
150mm EU510A
200mm EU510B
Flush Bolt
205mm EU510C
Concealed
Door Stop
75mm EU512
Secret Fix
Door Stop
75mm EU512
Hat & Coat Hook
EU517
Wardrobe Hook
EU518
Toilet Roll Holder
EU520
Cupboard Knob
25mm Dia. EU521A
32mm Dia. EU521B
Cabinet Handle
64mm EU522A
96mm EU522B
Card Frame
EU523
Push Plates
300 x 75mm EU524A
300 x 75mm EU524B Radiused
Push Plates Engraved
300 x 75mm EU524A PULL
300 x 75mm EU524B PUSH
Kick Plates
16swg EU525/ 16 PULL
32swg EU525/ 32 PUSH
Cylinder Pulls
EU506P Blank
EU506S Round
EU506U Oval
EU506YP Euro
3
186
Black Antique Furniture

Lever Furniture

Escutcheons

Bathroom Turns

Pull Handles
25
Section F
187
The name of Kirkpatrick Ltd. has been synonymous
with the production of high quality malleable iron
biulder' s ironmongery for over 150 years. All of the
products are are hand made in the Walsall foundry
using the greensand casting process.
By choosing Kirkpatrick Ltd. malleable iron products
you can be condent that you are purchasing a quality
product which is both functional and highly decorative
and one that, well maintained, will give many years of
service and pleasure.
2451
Lever Handle
6" x 1
7
/8"
(152 x 47mm)
Lock or Latch
Lever Door Handles
2439
Lever Handle
6" x 1
1
/2"
(152 x 38mm)
Lock or Latch
2459
Euro Lever Handle
10
1
/2" x 1
1
/2"
(266 x 38mm)
3619 Thumb Latch
Handle 8" x 2
1
/2" (203 x 63mm)
Latch 5" (127mm)
Thumb Latches Gate Furniture
3613 Thumb Latch
Handle 6" (152mm)
Latch 4
1
/2" (114mm)
1249 Gate Furniture
8" (152mm)
564 Pull Handle
4" (101mm), 5" (127mm)
3603 Pull Handle
Handle 8" x 2
1
/2"
(203 x 63mm)
Pull Handles
1550 Door Knob
Knob 2
1
/2" x 1
1
/2"
(63 x 38mm)
Plate 2
1
/4" (57mm)
Door Knobs
2439SP
Lever Handle
4" x 1
1
/2"
(101 x 38mm)
Latch Only
3056 Door Knob
Knob 2
3
/4" (70mm)
Plate 3" (76mm)
1
Black Antique Furniture
188
Door Bolts
1131 Straight Bolt
Plate 4" x 1"
(101 x 25mm)
Cranked Version Available
1155 Straight Bolt
Plate 6" x 1
3
/4"
(152 x 45mm)
Cranked Version Available
1546 Straight Bolt
Plate 4" (101mm)
1083 Letter Plate
Outside Measurement
10
1
/2" x 4
1
/4" (266 x 108mm)
Opening
8" x 1
3
/4" (203 x 44mm)
Letter Plates
1102 Interior Flap
12" x 3
1
/4" (304 x 80mm)
Hinges
814 Hinge
12" x 4" (304 x 101mm)
15" x 4" (381 x 101mm)
925 Hinge
2
3
/4" x 2" (70 x 50mm)
Casement Fasteners
857 Casement Fastener
11" (279mm)
End Detail
1180 Casement Fastener
10" (254mm)
End Detail
1121
Fastener
Reversible
1181
Fastener
Reversible
Supplied with standard pivots. Casement Stays
1547 Cranked Bolt
Plate 4" (101mm)
1165
Lockable
Fastener
1167
3-Point
Lockable
Fastener
2
Black Antique Furniture
189
Finger Plate
769 Finger Plate
12" x 2
1
/2" (304 x 63mm)
Door Knocker
782 Door Knocker
Ring 4" (101mm)
Plates 2" (50mm)
Cupboard Knobs
1195 Cupboard Knob
Screw-In
Knob 1
3
/8" (35mm)
Rose 1
1
/2" (38mm)
1135 Cupboard Knob
Screw-In
Knob 1" (25mm)
Locking Pivot
116 Locking Pivot
Escutcheon Door Studs
1502 Esuctcheon 1081 Door Studs
Screw-In
3
/4" (19mm)
Privacy Bathroom Bolt
1150
Privacy Bolt
3
Black Antique Furniture
190
Metal Plates, Grilles
& Vents
Angle Plates Finger Plates Push & Pull Plates
Engraved Plates Interior Letter Flaps
Grilles & Mesh Air Vents Escutcheon Plates
Baffle Plates Kick Plates Tread Plates
25
Suppliers of:
Section G
191
ANGLE PLATES
Codes
12200
1
/2" x
1
/2" Polished Brass Angle 2M
12202
3
/4" x
3
/4" Polished Brass Angle 2M
12203 1" x 1" Polished Brass Angle 2M
12204 1
1
/4" x 1
1
/4" Polished Brass Angle 2M
12205 1
1
/2" x 1
1
/2" Polished Brass Angle 2M
12206 2" x 2" Polished Brass Angle 2M
12225
1
/2" x
1
/2" Polished S/Steel Angle 2M
12227
3
/4" x
3
/4" Polished S/Steel Angle 2M
12228 1" x 1" Polished S/Steel Angle 2M
12229 1
1
/4" x 1
1
/4" Polished S/Steel Angle 2M
FINGER PLATES
Material Weights
SAA 16g, Brass, Stainless Steel, Satin Stainless Steel 20g.
Supplied with protective vinyl to fascia.
PUSH & PULL PLATES
INTERIOR TIDY FLAPS
Supplied with protective vinyl to fascia and xing brackets.
12230 1
1
/2" x 1
1
/2" Polished S/Steel Angle 2M
12231 2" x 2" Polished S/Steel Angle 2M
12232
1
/2" x
1
/2" Satin S/Steel Angle 2M
12234
3
/4" x
3
/4" Satin S/Steel Angle 2M
12235 1" x 1" Satin S/Steel Angle 2M
12236 1
1
/4" x 1
1
/4" Satin S/Steel Angle 2M
12237 1
1
/2" x 1
1
/2" Satin S/Steel Angle 2M
12238 2" x 2" Satin S/Steel Angle 2M
12245 24" x 1" x 1" Polished S/Steel Bath Angle
Codes
16353 12" x 3" SAA Finger Plate (L)
16364 12" x 3" S/S Finger Plate (L)
16365 12" x 3" Satin S/S Finger Plate (L)
16398 12" x 3" Brass Finger Plate (L) (L): Packed Loose
Codes - Push & Pull Plates
18454 12" x 3" SAA ' Push' Plate Engraved
18455 12" x 3" SAA ' Pull' Plate Engraved
18464 12" x 3" Pol S/S ' Push' Plate Engraved
18465 12" x 3" Pol S/S ' Pull' Plate Engraved
Material Weights
SAA 16g, Brass, Polished Stainless Steel, Satin Stainless Steel 20g.
Codes
19475 280mm x 85mm Brass 20G Interior Tidy Flap
19476 280mm x 85mm Polished S/S 20G Interior Tidy Flap
19477 280mm x 85mm Satin S/S 20G Interior Tidy Flap
Metal Plates,
Grilles & Vents
Material Weights
SAA 16g, Polished Stainless Steel 20g.
Codes - Engraved Plates
18456 6" x 4" Pol S/S ' Female' Plate Engraved
18457 6" x 4" SAA ' Female' Plate Engraved
18458 6" x 4" Satin S/S ' Male' Plate Engraved Int.
18459 6" x 4" Satin S/S ' Female' Plate Engraved Int.
18460 12" x 3" Satin S/S ' Push' Plate Engraved
18461 12" x 3" Satin S/S ' Pull' Plate Engraved
18462 6" x 4" Brass ' Male' Plate Engraved Int.
18463 6" x 4" Brass ' Female' Plate Engraved Int.
18466 6" x 4" Pol S/S ' Male' Plate Engraved
18467 6" x 4" Brass ' Disabled' Plate Engraved
18468 6" x 4" Pol S/S ' Disabled' Plate Engraved
18469 6" x 4" Satin S/S ' Disabled' Plate Engraved
18470 6" x 4" SAA ' Disabled' Plate Engraved
18472 12 x 3 Brass ' Push' Plate Engraved
18473 12 x 3 Brass ' Pull' Plate Engraved
18475 6" x 4" SAA ' Male' Plate Engraved
ENGRAVED PLATES
1
192
ESCUTCHEONS
Escutcheons come in the standard format of a keyhole cover, suitable for either
a standard key (also ts Chubb), Euro Cylinder or Oval Cylinder. The escutcheon
itself can be rectangular, square, round, oblong or oval.
Codes - Stainless & Brass Escutcheons
28655 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" Brass Oval Escutcheon
28656 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" S/Steel Oval Escutcheon
28657 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" SAA Oval Escutcheon
28658 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" Satin S/S Oval Escutcheon
28661 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" Brass Std. Escutcheon
28662 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" S/Steel Std. Escutcheon
28663 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" SAA Std. Escutcheon
28664 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" Satin S/S Std. Escutcheon
28667 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" Brass Euro Escutcheon
28668 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" S/Steel Euro Escutcheon
28669 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" SAA Euro Esc.
1
/4" Hole
28670 2
1
/4" x 1
3
/4" Satin S/S Euro Escutcheon
28673 1
1
/4" Dia. Brass Round Escutcheon
28674 1
1
/4" Dia. S/Steel Round Escutcheon
28675 1
1
/4" Dia. SAA Round Escutcheon
28676 1
1
/4" Dia. Satin S/S Round Escutcheon
Codes - Chubb Mortice Lock Escutcheons
28685
7mm Hole
Brass Lock Escutcheon
28686
7mm Hole
S/Steel Lock Escutcheon
28687
7mm Hole
SAA Lock Escutcheon
28688
7mm Hole
Satin S/S Lock Escutcheon
GRILLES & MESH
Sheet Sizes
Small Club: 1830mm x 915mm x 0.7mm
Large Fancy Cross: 1830mm x 915mm x 0.7mm
Gold & Silver Mesh: 1250mm x 900mm, LW Pitch 10.24mm, SW Pitch 5.64mm
Strand Width 0.9mm, Thickness 0.9mm
Available in sheet or cut to size panels, these patterns are very modern and
available in Plain Aluminium, Brass & Polished Chrome to suit any decoration.
Perfect for radiator cover panels, screening and covers for air vents or air
conditioning units.
AIR VENTS
Vents have a variety of uses, whether it be for Health & Safety concordance,
Fire Regulations or jusr Air Flow requirements. We stock a variety of vents;
Louvered, Hit & Miss, Slotted, Squre Hole & Speaker Vents which are vailable
in most shapes, sizes & nishes. All individually wrapped, supplied with drilled &
countersunk xing holes.
Codes
24535 4' x 3' Silver Expanded Mesh
24536 4' x 3' Gold Expanded Mesh
24691 6' x 3' W609 Small Club Brass
24700 6' x 3' W250 Fancy Cross Brass
24710 2M x 1M W609 Small Club Aluminium
24720 2M x 1M W250 Fancy Cross Aluminium
24721 6' x 3' Fancy Cross Chrome
24722 6' x 3' Small Club Chrome
Codes
27610 6" x 3" SAA Louvred Vent
27611 9" x 3" SAA Louvred Vent
27612 9" x 6" SAA Louvred Vent
27613 9" x 9" SAA Louvred Vent
27614 12" x 3" SAA Louvred Vent
27615 12" x 12" SAA Louvred Vent
27620 6" x 3" Brass Louvred Vent
27621 9" x 3" Brass Louvred Vent
27622 9" x 6" Brass Louvred Vent
27623 9" x 9" Brass Louvred Vent
27624 12" x 3" Brass Louvred Vent
27625 12" x 12" Brass Louvred Vent
27630 6" x 3" Brass Hit & Miss Vent
27631 9" x 3" Brass Hit & Miss Vent
27632 9" x 6" Brass Hit & Miss Vent
27633 9" x 9" Brass Hit & Miss Vent
27634 12" x 6" Brass Hit & Miss Vent
27635 12" x 12" Brass Hit & Miss Vent
27640 6" x 3" Brass Square Hole Vent
27641 9" x 3" Brass Square Hole Vent
27642 9" x 3" Brass Slot Vent
27643 75mm Dia. Brass Circular Vent
Louvered Vent
Hit & Miss Vent Speaker Vent
Square Hole Vent Slotted Vent
Small Club Fancy Cross
Silver Mesh Gold Mesh
Metal Plates,
Grilles & Vents
2
193
Metal Plates,
Grilles & Vents
3
KICK PLATES
Protect your thresholds & cills, several non-slip surfaces available
Codes
35503 30" x 6" SAA Kickplate 16 Swg
35504 32" x 6" SAA Kickplate 16 Swg
35509 30" x 6" Brass Kickplate 20 Swg
STEPTREADS
Codes
33776 205 x 110mm SAA Bafe Plate 10g
33777 205 x 110mm Pol. Brass Bafe Plate 10g
Bafe Plates are ideal for lock protection, they act as an anti gemmy plate
and defend against criminal damage. Supplied with protective vinyl to fascia.
Available in Euro Cylinder, Oval Cylinder or Standard Keyway proles.
35510 32" x 6" Brass Kickplate 20 Swg
35515 30" x 6" S/Steel Kickplate 20 Swg
35516 32" x 6" S/Steel Kickplate 20 Swg
BAFFLE PLATES
33778 205 x 110mm Pol. S/Steel Bafe Plate 16g
33779 205 x 110mm Satin S/Steel Bafe Plate 16g
Codes
36902 30 x 4 x 2 S/Steel Tread Square
36903 30 x 4 x 2 S/Steel Tread Round
36908 32 x 4 x 2 S/Steel Tread Square
36909 32 x 4 x 2 S/Steel Tread Round
36915 33 x 4 x 2 S/Steel Tread Square
36916 33 x 4 x 2 S/Steel Tread Round
36921 36 x 4 x 2 S/Steel Tread Square
36922 36 x 4 x 2 S/Steel Tread Round
36927 30 x 4 x 2 Brass Tread Square
36928 30 x 4 x 2 Brass Tread Round
36933 33 x 4 x 2 Brass Tread Square
36934 33 x 4 x 2 Brass Tread Round
36939 36 x 4 x 2 Brass Tread Square
36940 36 x 4 x 2 Brass Tread Round
36945 30 x 4 x 2 SAA Tread Square
36946 30 x 4 x 2 SAA Tread Round
36951 33 x 4 x 2 SAA Tread Square
36952 33 x 4 x 2 SAA Tread Round
36957 36 x 4 x 2 SAA Tread Square
36958 36 x 4 x 2 SAA Tread Round
36963 30 x 4 x 2 Chequered Tread Square
36964 30 x 4 x 2 Chequered Tread Round
36969 33 x 4 x 2 Chequered Tread Square
36970 33 x 4 x 2 Chequered Tread Round
36975 36 x 4 x 2 Chequered Tread Square
36976 36 x 4 x 2 Chequered Tread Round
36981 30 x 4 x 2 Fluted Tread Square
36982 30 x 4 x 2 Fluted Tread Round
36987 33 x 4 x 2 Fluted Tread Square
36988 33 x 4 x 2 Fluted Tread Round
36993 36 x 4 x 2 Fluted Tread Square
36994 36 x 4 x 2 Fluted Tread Round
Square Prole Round Prole
194
25
Suppliers of:
Section H
Escutcheons, Anti- Thrust
Plates & Lockguards
Self Adhesive Escutcheons
Self Adhesive Repair Plates Screw-On Escutcheons
Repair Roses Anti-Thrust Plates Lock Guards
195
1
196
LARGE EURO ESCUTCHEONS (Self Adhesive or Screw-On)
Large screw-on & self adhesive escutcheons to solve many different problems
Escutcheons, Anti- Thrust
Plates & Lockguards
Features

Conceal lock upgrading

No more screws in fresh air

Stabilised all weather adhesive

Suitable for shop merchandisers

Popular nishes available

Packed singly or 10 to a box


Code Finish
Screw-On
EE1/ 4H/ PB Polished & Lacquered Brass
EE1/ 4H/ SC Satin Chrome Plated
Self Adhesive
EE1/ PB Polished & Lacquered Brass
EE1/ SC Satin Chrome Plated
EE1/ CP Bright Chrome Plated
EE1/ SS Satin Stainless
Features

Quick tting

Stabilised all weather adhesive

Very aesthetic design

Tidy nish
Code Finish
EE2/ SA Silver Anodised
EE2/ GA Gold Anodised
EE2/ SS Satin Stainless
EE2/ WH White Gloss
EE3/ SS Satin Stainless
EURO ESCUTCHEONS (Self Adhesive)
Stick-on escutcheons to solve many different problems
Features

Made from high grade satin


stainless steel, brass & aluminium

High-tack, stable adhesive

Quick & easy to t


REPAIR PLATES (Self Adhesive)
Stick-on escutcheons to cover all types of problems. ideal for blanking-off keyholes,
old locks and cylinder holes etc.
Code Finish
EE2/ U/ SA Silver Anodised
EE2/ U/ GA Gold Anodised
EE2/ U/ WH White Gloss
EE4/ PB Polished & Lacquered Brass
JE4/ SS Satin Stainless

Features

Move keyways without difculty

Conceal lock upgrading

No more screws in fresh air!

Use the escutcheon after drill


openings

Comes complete with screws

Suitable for shop merchandisers

Packed singly or 10 to a box


Code Finish
JE1/ PB Polished & Lacquered Brass
JE1/ SC Satin Chrome Plated
JE1/ CP Bright Chrome Plated
JE1/ SS Satin Stainless
JUMBO ESCUTCHEONS (Screw-On)
A large escutcheon to solve many different problems
JUMBO SAFE ESCUTCHEONS (Self Adhesive)
A large stick-on escutcheon ideal for use on safes or steel faced doors
Features

Conceal lock upgrading

No more screws in fresh air

Stabilised all weather adhesive

Suitable for shop merchandisers

2 popular nishes available

Packed singly or 10 to a box


Code Finish
JE2/ PB Polished & Lacquered Brass
JE2/ SS Satin Stainless
47.6mm
6
5
.
5
m
m
47.6mm
40mm 30mm
6
5
.
5
m
m
EE1 EE1/4H
EE3 EE2
47.6mm 30mm
6
5
.
5
m
m
EE4 & JE4 EE2/U
47.6mm
6
5
.
5
m
m
JE1
47.6mm
6
5
.
5
m
m
JE4
ANTI THRUST PLATES - EDGE FIX
A simple and effective prevention to attacks on outward opening, vulnerable doors
Features

Brushed stainless steel

Very tall design suits virtually


every lock

Fabricated in 4mm stainless steel

Can be adapted to suit rebated


doors (hacksaw required)
Code Finish
AT/ EF/ SS Satin Stainless - Anti-Thrust Plate
AT/ PP2 Satin Stainless - 2mm Packer
AT/ PP3 Satin Stainless - 3mm Packer
Packer is for use when the frame is proud of the door,
two packers can be used to suit a bigger gap.
Features

Suits most sizes of lock case

Rounded corners

Heavy duty 2mm thick


stainless steel

Supplied with anti-tamper screws


ANTI THRUST PLATES - EURO PROFILE
Ideal anti-tamper plates for outward opening doors
Code Finish
Door Hung Left
AT/ EU/ SS/ LH Satin Stainless
Door Hung Right
AT/ EU/ SS/ RH Satin Stainless
2
197
Features

Covers errors and misaligned


or enlarged holes

Enables tting of standard


nightlatch cylinders in place of
old type Ingersoll cylinders

Available in 3 attractive nishes

Suitable as spacer or packing piece


Code Finish
RR1/ PB Polished & Lacquered Brass
RR1/ SC Satin Chrome Plated
RR1/ CP Bright Chrome Plated
REPAIR ROSES
To cover alterations & adapt from larger to smaller cylinders
Features

Quick tting

Stabilised all weather adhesive

Very aesthetic design

Tidy nish

3 popular nishes
Code Finish
Self Adhesive
UE1/ PB Polished & Lacquered Brass
UE1/ SC Satin Chrome Plated
UE1/ SS Satin Stainless
Screw-On
UE1/ 4H/ PB Polished & Lacquered Brass
UE1/ 4H/ SC Satin Chrome Plated
UE1/ 4H/ SS Satin Stainless
OVAL "UNION" ESCUTCHEONS (Self Adhesive or Screw-On)
Stick-on & Self Adhesive escutcheons to solve many different problems
Features

Quick tting

Stabilised all weather adhesive

Very aesthetic design

With xing screws

New taller design


Code Finish
Self Adhesive
UE2/ SA Silver Anodised
UE2/ GA Gold Anodised
UE2/ WH White Gloss
Screw On
UE2/ 2H/ SS Satin Stainless
UE2/ 2H/ PB Polished Brass
30mm OVAL "UNION" ESCUTCHEONS (Self Adhesive or Screw-On)
Stick-on & Self Adhesive escutcheons to solve many different problems
Escutcheons, Anti- Thrust
Plates & Lockguards
47.6mm 47.6mm
6
5
.
5
m
m
UE1 UE1/4H
30mm 30mm
6
5
.
5
m
m
UE2 UE2/2H
6
5
.
5
m
m
RR1
AT/EF
2
7
6
m
m
95mm 95mm
30mm 35mm
3
5
0
m
m
Long Drilling Kit
The Long Drill Kit has been specically designed for the
easy installation of electric lock cables through wooden
doors, from lock to hinge. After cutting the lock mortice,
the long drill housing kit converts a standard morticer into
a guide frame for the long drill system. Special geometry
helps to keep cutter ' on line' with minimal effort.
Features

Suits both 64mm & 79mm


lock cases

Brass or Satin Stainless nishes

Rounded corners

Heavy duty 2mm thick

Complete with clutch head screws


Code Finish
AT/ 2332/ PB Polished & Lacquered Brass
AT/ 2332/ SS Satin Stainless
ANTI THRUST PLATES - OVAL "UNION"
For 2332 mortice latches
Features

UK and Euro Prole Keyways

4 nishes

Made from 5mm steel or brass

Suits doors 38mm to 50mm thick


LOCKGUARDS
A pair of door & lock reinforcing plates in variety of styles and finishes
Code Finish
UK Keyhole
LG/ UK/ PB Polished Brass
LG/ UK/ SC Satin Chrome
Euro Prole
LG/ EU/ PB Polished Brass
LG/ EU/ SC Satin Chrome
Features

Cuts a mortice for the body and face-plate

Fast and accurate, saves you time and money

Snap-in cutters

The self centering jig cuts marking-up time

Vertical guides, height and depth stops mean that you


cannot overrun the cut area
Quick Change Precision Cutters
The unique cutter design means that the cutters can be
changed and tted in seconds whilst the jig is in position
on the door.
The specically designed cutting
edges are chisel shaped to cut
deep without clogging, with a
standard shaft, to a depth of 90-
100mm.
The high speed steel cutters can
be sharpened on an oil stone, so
there' s no costly cutter grinding
required.
DBB "5 MINUTE" MORTICER - Perfect locking every time
Used & acclaimed by locksmiths & builders alike, the DBB Morticer has proved itself
an invaluable tool for anyone regularly fitting mortice locks
Technical Data
Drill Requirements 13mm (1/2") Chuck, Recommended speed 2,000 - 3,000rpm
Standard Shaft Depth 90mm (100mm without stop)
Long Shaft Depth 170mm (180mm without stop)
Door Thickness Standard Morticer - max 55mm, Standard Morticer with
Special Housing - max 80mm
Door & Frame Width Offset Morticer - max 95mm
Aluminium Doors
With specially designed cutters, aluminium
doors present no problems for the solidly
constructed DBB Morticer.
Four cutter sizes provide you with all the
range you need to cut alock slot in an
aluminium door.
Included in the Price
Every morticer comes complete with a
heavy duty case, the jig of your choice,
self centering or adjustable, stops,
drive shaft, three wood cutters and the
instruction manual.
Additional Accessories
Any part of the morticer can be replaced
individually and in addition we can offer
14 sizes of wood cutters, 4 sizes of
aluminium cutters and special kits for
non-standard locks and applications.
For complete list of replacement parts & accessories please see Price List.
3
198
Escutcheons, Anti- Thrust
Plates & Lockguards
2
0
0
m
m
95mm
47mm
7
5
.
5
m
m
2
2
8
m
m
2
2
8
m
m
38mm
to
50mm
5
m
m
5 Minute DBB Morticer
DBB Morticer Long Drilling Kit Small Bore Kit
Aluminium & Wood Cutters Spare Parts
Suppliers of:
25
Section I
199
Used and acclaimed by locksmiths and builders alike, the DBB Morticer has
proved itself an invaluable tool for anyone regularly tting mortice locks.
Features

Cuts a mortice for the body and


face-plate

Fast and accurate, saves you time


and money.

Snap-in cutters.

The self-centring jig cuts marking-


up time.

Vertical guides, height and depth


stops mean that you cannot
overrun the cut area.
Quick-change
precision cutters
The unique cutter design means that
the cutters can be changed and tted in
seconds whilst the jig is in position on
the door.
The specically designed cutting edges
are chisel shaped to cut deep without
clogging, with a standard shaft, to a
depth of 90-100mm.
The high speed steel cutters can be
sharpened on an oil stone, so theres no
costly cutter grinding required.
Perfect lock tting every time with the
5 minute DBB Morticer - the choice of Locksmiths
DBB Morticer from
Users comments . . . popular and reliable
This is what people say about the DBB Morticer:
. . . one of my better purchases for the toolbox, and one I couldnt do without.
Jack White, Master Locksmith of Herne Bay, Kent, UK
This morticer, is reasonably priced and must be an indispensable tool for all lock tters.
Security Retailer Magazine
. . . it leaves nothing to chance, when I use it I know it will give me a perfect result,
Paul Etheridge, Master Locksmith, London
This tool makes life much easier.
Carroll Mann Manton Security, Kowloon
Makes the work process smooth, save time and money.
Tung Fat Ho Building Materials, Hong Kong
Top clamp and
height stop
Self-centring
housing
Shaft with depth
stop
Use a power drill (not
included) with a
1
/2"
chuck and running
speed of 2,000 to
3,000rpm
Bottom clamp and
lower stop
NEW
PRODUCT
Quick change precision cutters
1
200
The side slide attachment for offset morticing
Available as a complete kit, or as an upgrade for your standard morticer,
this attachment has been developed for European-style rebated doors
with off-centre mortices.
Using the same vertical bar & clamp system, the attachment has a side
sliding drive shaft housing, so that mortices can be cut off-centre.
This exibililty allows you to cut hinge recesses and the mortice for the
strike plate on door frames less than 95mm thick.
Aluminium Doors
With specially designed cutters, aluminium doors present no problems
for the solidly constructed DBB Morticer.
Four cutter sizes provide you with all the range you need to cut a lock
slot in an aluminium door.
You must always use the appropriate safety equipment when cutting
metals.
Included in the price
Every morticer comes complete with a heavy duty case, the jig of
your choice, self centring or adjustable, stops, drive shaft, three wood
cutters and the instruction manual.
Additional and special accessories
Any part of the morticer can be replaced individually and in addition we
can offer 14 sizes of wood cutters, four sizes of aluminium cutters and
the special kits for non-standard locks and
applications.
User friendly instructions
Our easy to follow instruction manual will help you get the best out of
the DBB morticer with clear step-by-step illustrations.
Technical Data
Drill requirements 13mm (
1
/2") chuck,
recommended speed
2,000 - 3,000rpm
Standard shaft depth 90mm (100mm without stop)
Long shaft depth 170mm (180mm without stop
Door thickness
Standard Morticer Max 55mm
Door thickness
Standard Morticer
with special housing Max 80mm
Door and frame width
Offset Morticer Max 95mm

DBB Morticer from
Slide attachment for offset morticing
Specially designed cutters for
aluminium doors
2
201
Morticer
Order Ref Description
DBB1 Standard Morticer complete with 3 cutters (WB19, WB22 & WB25)
DBB2 Offset Morticer complete with 3 cutters (WB19, WB22 & WB25
DBB Morticer from
Long Drill Kit
Order Ref Description
DBB/HK/LD Long drill housing kit
10950 10mm x 950mm long, wood drill
101250 10mm x 1250mm long, wood drill
Small Bore Kit
Order Ref Description
DBB/SB/HK Housing kit (including spanners)
DBB/SBS Shaft only
WB13 Wood Cutter 13.2mm
WB15 Wood Cutter 14.6mm
Aluminim Cutters
Order Ref Size
AB16
5
/8" (16.2mm)
AB19
3
/4" (19.0mm)
AB25 1" (25.4mm)
AB32 1
1
/4" (31.8mm)
Wood Cutters
Order Ref Size
WB16
5
/8" (16.2mm)
WB18
11
/16" (17.5mm)
WB19
3
/4" (19.0mm)
WB20 (20.0mm)
WB21
13
/16" (20.6mm)
WB22
7
/8" (22.2mm)
WB23 (23.0mm)
WB24
15
/16" (23.8mm)
WB25 1" (25.4mm)
WB27 1
1
/16" (27.0mm)
WB29 1
1
/8" (28.6mm)
WB32 1
1
/4" (31.8mm)
Spare Parts
Order Ref Description
DBB/HK/O Offset Housing kit
DBB/HK Housing Kit c/w xings (Doors up to 55mm)
DBB/HK/S Housing Kit c/w xings (Doors 55mm+)
DBB/SS Standard Shaft (Locks up to 100mm Deep)
DBB/LS Long Shaft (Locks up to 185mm Deep)
DBB/GS 6 Set Screws & Allen Key
DBB/GC Plastic Carrying Case
DBB/CB Canvas Carrying Bag
Long Drilling Kit
The LONG DRILL KIT has been specically
designed for the easy installation of electric
lock cables through wooden doors, from lock
to hinge.
After cutting the lock mortice, the long drill
housing kit converts a standard morticer into
a guide for the long drill.
Special geometry helps to keep the cutter on
line with minimal effort.
Leading in its eld, the LONG DRILL
SYSTEM is quick, accurate and easy to use.
NEW
PRODUCT
The 10mm special drill bit complies with the
regulations for re doors.
3
202
Shelving & Brackets
Brackets Wall Uprights Bookends
Steel Shelves Display Merchandiser
Section
28

Compatible with SPUR


Shelving Range

New Anti Bacterial Powder


Coating to Combat Against MRSA

Safety Drop & Lock System

Health & Safety Approved

25 Year Mechanical Warranty

NHS Approved

Newtech is Now an Architect


Specified Product
Suppliers of
203 204
PH-Brackets.qxd 5/3/07 2:47 pm Page 1
Shelving & Brackets
Introduction
Newtech Hardware produces and supplies steel shelving systems to institutional and
other users throughout the UK.
Newtech can offer both production modular shelving systems and a bespoke shelving
service to meet customers individual requirements.
The Newtech Drop & Lock architectural steel shelving system is manufactured to
superior quality standards to meet the highest requirements in the demanding
environments where quality and finish are of equal importance to strength and versatility.
Features
Total compatibility with market leader.
Approved for use within the NHS.
Fully adjustable in all applications.
Exceptional strength makes it suitable for a wide variety of applications.
Superior finish in quality and appearance.
All parts of the system are modular and do not require special tools to assemble or
install.
Newtech Hardware is part of the RMU group of companies based in the North West of
England.
We have major manufacturing facilities both at home and abroad, and list among our
customers such major UK blue chip companies as Marks and Spencer, National
Westminster Bank Plc, Ingersoll Rand amongst many others.
Formulation
Raw material: prime mild steel
Newtech Drop & Lock architectural steel shelving is manufactured from the best quality
mild steel.
Paint finish
Pre-treatment: phosphate dip degrease
Finish: high quality polyester powder coat
Colour: RAL9016
Durability
The phosphate pre-treatment ensures keying and bonding to the metal while the
polyester powder coat is impervious to most commonly encountered chemicals and
solvents ensuring maintenance of its attractive appearance during many years of hard-
wearing service.
Strength
One of the features of this system is its inherent strength. These are based on results
achieved by independent testing and incorporate a minimum 50% safety margin to cover
usage in all working situations.
Safety
Newtech architectural steel shelving incorporates a safety protection feature which
prevents the bracket [and shelf] being accidentally dislodged while in use. The bracket
first slots and then drops into place, effectively locking the bracket once it is in this
position; it cannot be dislodged unless first the shelf is removed and then the bracket is
angled upwards to enable withdrawal from the upright.
Applications
Existing applications include the following:
Institutional: universities, colleges, schools, libraries, public buildings
Commercial: offices, retail, storerooms, showrooms, veterinary centres.
Healthcare: hospitals, clinics, laboratories, medical research establishments, dental
laboratories plus many more.
Accessories
The range of bookends [3 designs] is designed to meet the variety of applications
anticipated for the product including libraries, offices and institutional uses.
These are complemented by a comprehensive range of steel shelves from a company
with long experience in fabrication from sheet and tubular steel.
Where the ranges described herein still fail to meet the demands of a specific application
Newtech is also able to offer a bespoke production facility.
Performance in use
Newtech Drop & Lock architectural steel shelving has been designed to meet the highest
of demands in a wide variety of situations. Its construction from heavy gauge mild steel
means that it can be trusted to meet the demands of load bearing for long periods
without failing or deforming.
This construction together with its high quality polyester powder coat finish means that
the product will maintain its appearance and performance even in conditions of heavy
prolonged use.
Components
BRACKETS
Code a b
EU1001W 2 50mm 4.5 115mm
EU1002W 2 50mm 6.5 165mm
EU1002BW 2 50mm 8.5 215mm
EU1003W 2 50mm 10.5 265mm
EU1005W 2 50mm 12.5 317mm
EU1004W 2 50mm 14.4 366mm
EU1004BW 3.2 82mm 14.4 366mm
EU1006W 3.2 82mm 18.4 467mm
EU1021W 3.2 82mm 24 610mm
BRACKETS (Heavy Duty Reinforced)
Code a b
EU1004BRW 4.6" 118mm 14.5" 370mm
EU1006RW 4.6" 118mm 18.5" 470mm
EU1021RW 4.6" 118mm 24" 610mm
WALL UPRIGHTS
Code a
EU1011W 16.75" 42.6mm
EU1012W 28" 71mm
EU1013W 39.25" 100mm
EU1014W 48" 122cm
EU1016W 63" 160mm
EU1018W 78" 198mm
EU1020W 94.25" 240mm
BOOKENDS (Spring Rod Type)
Code a b
EU1085W 6" 145mm 4.5" 115mm
EU1088W 8" 200mm 4.5" 115mm
EU1087W 10" 248mm 6" 152mm
BOOKENDS (Shelf Support Type)
Code a b
EU1071LW
6 152mm 6 152mm
EU1071RW
EU1072LW
8 203mm 6 152mm
EU1072RW
EU1073LW
10 254mm 6 152mm
EU1073RW
BOOKENDS (Square Book Support)
Code a b c
EU1516W 5 130mm 5 128mm 5 128mm
STEEL SHELVES
Code a b
EU1312CW 39.4 1000mm 7 17mm
EU1313CW 39.4 1000mm 9 22mm
EU1314CW 39.4 1000mm 10.5 27mm
EU1315CW 39.4 1000mm 12.5 32mm
EU1316CW 39.4 1000mm 14.5 37mm
EU1317CW 39.4 1000mm 18.5 47mm
EU1326CW 39.4 1000mm 34 61mm
1
203 204
PH-Brackets.qxd 5/3/07 2:47 pm Page 2
London Fire Brigade Locks
Rim Locks Rim Slam Locks
Mortice Deadlocks Padlocks
28
Section B
205
Fire Brigade Rim Locks
London Fire Brigade Locks
Code Description
FB1RL Rim Deadlock Left Hand (Open In)
FB1RR Rim Deadlock Right Hand (Open In)
FB2RL Rim Lock Left Hand (Open Out)
FB2RR Rim Lock Right Hand (Open Out)
FB1L Rim Deadlock Extended Keys
FBK Rim Deadlock Keys
FB2LK Rim Lock Extended Keys
FB2K Rim Lock Keys
1
Fire Brigade Rim Slam Locks
Code Description
FB4L Rim Slam Lock Right Hand (Opening Out)
FB4R Rim Slam Lock Right Hand (Opening In)
FB4RLO Rim Slam Lock Left Hand (Opening Out)
FB4RL Rim Slam Lock Left Hand (Opening In)
FB4K Rim Slam Lock Keys
Sold without keys, please see
table for key references
Fire Brigade Mortice Deadocks Fire Brigade Padlock 2" (Silver)
Code Description
FB2" Fire Brigade Padlock 2" in Silver
FB2"/ C Fire Brigade Padlock 2" & Chain in Silver
FBPK Fire Brigade Padlock 2" Keys
Sold without keys, please see
table for key references
Code Description
FB1M Mortice Deadlock Left Hand
FB2M Mortice Deadlock Right Hand
FB/ STRIKE Mortice Deadlock Striking Plate
FB1L Mortice Deadlock Left Hand Extended Keys
FBK Mortice Deadlock Left Hand Keys
FB2LK Mortice Deadlock Right Hand Extended Keys
FB2K Mortice Deadlock Right Hand Keys
Sold without
keys, please see
table for key
references
Fire Brigade Padlock 2
1
/2" (Silver) Fire Brigade Padlock 2
1
/2"(Yellow)
Code Description
FB14 Fire Brigade Padlock 2
1
/2" in Yellow
FB14K Fire Brigade Padlock 2
1
/2" Keys
Sold without keys, please see
table for key references
Code Description
FB11 Fire Brigade Padlock 2
1
/2" in Silver
FB11K Fire Brigade Padlock 2
1
/2" Keys
Sold without keys, please see
table for key references
Striking
Plate
Sold without keys, please see
table for key references
206
Access Control
29
Section

Electric Strikes

Keypads

Access Control

Door Entry Systems



CCTV Systems

Alarm Systems

Magnets & Brackets



Solenoid Bolts & Locks

Exit Buttons & Keyswitches



Accessories

Automatic Door & Gate Operators



Biometric

DDA Products
207
PH-Access Control 21/2/07 4:15 pm Page 2
Access Control
1
EAERMS
Ansi Style
Strike
Trimec
Mortice Strike
(Short Plate)
Adams Rite
Mortice
Ansi Strike
(Short Plate)
EAGAER
Rim/Mortice
Strike
EAERIM
Rim/Mortice
Strike
We have a comprehensive range of electric strikes form the light duty to the heavy duty. Remember to find out:- Voltage? Fail
safe or secure? Rim or mortice? Finish? AC or DC? We stock Trimec, Adams Rite, Sywosy, RCI and a complete range of Euro
own brand strikes.
Bewator
K42 Keypad
ACTACT10
Keypad
Euro
EADG5WH
Keypad
Euro
EADG25WP
Keypad
Napco-
Trilogy Heavy
Duty
Keypad
KEYPADS
ACCESS CONTROL
Paxton Prox Reader Paxton Net 2
Controller
Paxton Net 2 Controller in
Plastic Case
I.E.T. Prox1 2-Door
Controller
ELECTRIC STRIKES
We have a keypad for every application. Internal or External. Weather resistant or vandal resistant. Plastic or metal.
We stock Bewator, Trimec, Digicode, Napco, Videx, Bell, Paxton and our own range of low cost keypads:-
LOC-LST01
Locca Sure Touch
System
Euro Easiprox
Reader
TDSI Microgarde
Door Controller
TDSI Exprox Prox
Reader
LOC-MULTI
Locca Multi System
Our access control systems include stand alone and PC based systems. We are able to cater for the vast majority of
applications and stock most of the leading brands including Paxton, Pac, IET, Bewator, TDSi, Videx, BSB, Locca and Euro stand
alone units.
208
PH-Access Control 21/2/07 4:15 pm Page 7
Access Control
2
Videx VID-3K1S Audio
Entry Kit
Videx VID-3K2S Audio
Entry Kit
Videx VID-VK6S Video
Entry Kit
Videx VID-DK1S Audio
Entry Kit
DOOR ENTRY SYSTEMS
CCTV & ALARM SYSTEMS
MAGNETS & BRACKETS
Euro EAAUSF
Entry System
Euro EUVIDS Video
Entry System
SRS-4101/04
Entry Panel
Bell 901 Door Entry Kit
We have a comprehensive range of electric strikes form the light duty to the heavy duty. Remember to find out:- Voltage? Fail
safe or secure? Rim or mortice? Finish? AC or DC? We stock Trimec, Adams Rite, Sywosy, RCI and a complete range of Euro
own brand strikes.
We also stock some basic CCTV systems from ESP at low prices and we are able to supply Yale wireless alarm systems
too. If you are looking for a more advanced CCTV set up we can also provide Bewator.
We have a complete range of magnets to suit any application and we are also able to obtain magnets from the Magnetic
Solutions range, Securitron range and Deedlock range.
ESP Witness 3K Mono
Camera System Bewator D07RX
Indoor Camera
Yale HAS3500 Wire Free
Alarm Kit
ESP DVR Digital Recorder
EA10001 Euro
Mini Magnet
EA10010 Euro
Standard Magnet
Euro L Bracket
Euro Z Bracket
EAGS705-30
Euro Shear
Magnet
209
PH-Access Control 21/2/07 4:15 pm Page 4
Access Control
3
In addition to our magnet range we also stock the Dorguard and a small range of door retaining magnets as well as a
complete range of electric bolts and locks from Cisa, Abloy amd Trimec.
EXIT BUTTONS, KEYSWITCHES & ACCESSORIES
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS & GATE AUTOMATION
BIOMETRIC
DDAPRODUCTS
We have an exit button for any situation and keyswitches to match all requirements. We also stock JWS for all your DDAneeds.
We have every accessory required to complete your access control installation: power supplies, relays, timers, remotes ,door
loops, cable and batteries.
DDAis here to stay and we can cater for the
majority of your Automation needs whether it be
door or gate. We are able to supply Ditec,
Ingersoll Rand, Geze, Came and many others.
We have all the accessories that you will need
and most of the products are in stock now.
We now have an exclusive range of Toca products which
bring you affordable biometric access. We also stock the
Borg 9000 biometric units and will soon be using the new
Videx range of biometric readers
Finally we also stock a range of DDAproducts including ramps, induction loops, Intercom and Braille
entry panels. If you have a requirement then please do not hesitate to contact the office.
Trimec
JL25R
Solenoid
Bolt
EB180
Solenoid Bolt
GD830S Wall Mount
Retaining Magnet
GD830F Floor Mount
Retaining Magnet
Dorguard Unit
in Black
FIRE CONTROL & SOLENOID BOLTS/LOCKS
DBR200
Versatile Relay
Chrome Concealed
Door Loop
Flush Mounted
Green Dome Button
Single Gang Door
Release Button
Double Pole
Breakglass Unit
Surface Mounted
Armoured Door Loop
Euro 4 All Active
Switch
Came Frog Electro
Mechanical Gate Opener
Briton Quantum Low
Energy Door Operator
Toca 1 Biometric
Reader
Borg 9000
Biometric
Reader
Toca 3 Biometric
Reader
On/Off Momentary
Keyswitch
210
PH-Access Control 21/2/07 4:15 pm Page 5
What the Secur|ty Industry has
been ask|ng for |s na||y
HERE
Idea| for:
The UK's FIRST Wire|ess Mu|ti-Functiona|,
Mu|ti-User GSM Ce||u|ar Door Entry System

1
2
3
PABX Network
BT
Land||ne
W|re|ess GSM
7IRELESS'3-
%ASY'ATEUNIT
Access Control
4
Connect via BT line, PABX or Wireless GSM module as standard - no additional
components required.
(Silent Dial Feature) ensures you never miss a visitor regardless of where you are in
the world.
Door or gates can be opened via secure code regardless of your location.
Easy remote access to units to alter access codes or
reprogramming of push buttons.
Wide range of units available
ensures suitability for
installation to any premises.
Main control units can have
expansion modules connected
for more direct contact buttons.
Vandal resistant option and
camera modules available on
all units.
The UKs FIRST Wireless Multi-Functional,
Multi-User GSM Cellular Door Entry System
The EntryComunit can be connected to Wavelinks
wireless GSM EasyGate unit, this works by putting a
SIM card into it much like a mobile telephone,
whenever a visitor arrives they push the button on
the EntryComunit & then it dials silently to your
desired contact number e.g. home, once you have
answered the call and are happy to to let the visitor
in you just dial your access code on your telephone
keypad to open the door or gate.
WAYFINDER is a directional flashing
arrow which offers visual guidance to
the nearest fire exit from wherever you
are in a building, should the fire alarms
be activated. Simple to use and even
more simple to understand the
Wayfinder is an acoustically triggered
unit that activates ultra bright flashing
LED ARROWS to assist in building
evacuation.
The Wayfinder is a wireless retro-fit
solution that has been designed as a
secondary enhancement to your existing
fire evacuation system. This effective
system offers people vital extra minutes
during evacuation in possibly smoke filled
corridors and stairwells.
The Wayfinder
Very simple to install
Wire free technology
No expensive rewiring required
Helps you find the nearest Fire
Exit - quickly
Saves time in building evacuation
Helps to avoid panic in smoky
unfamiliar corridors
Helps to avoid bottleneck situations
main exit routes.
Simple to use & understand
Potential life saving capability
Automatically activates when the
alarm sounds
Ensures you comply with elements
the Disability Discrimination Act
Part M Building Regs
Conform to MMA, Rules & Regs,
marked, date stamped, bar coded,
ISO9001 manufactured.
WAYFINDER SAVES LIVES
Main Control Units
There are seven main control units,vandal proof units & a
range of expansion modules available in the EntryCom
range, please see Access Control Catalogue for full range.
9134111
Control Unit
9134121
Control Unit
NEW
NEW
211
PH-Access Control 21/2/07 4:15 pm Page 6
Access Control
5
NEW
The High Security Programmable
Master Key System
Euro Key & Turn Cylinders with 100% Protection Against All
Known Manipulation Methods
Waferlock Introduce a unique and very
cost effective electromechanical master
key system Euro Profile Cylinder. The
cylinders can be instantly reprogrammed
should an original key be lost, stolen or
after a change in personnel. Adding
immense benefits to the residential and
business user.
New keys are quickly programmed using the
Master key. All redundant keys can also be
re-programmed and re issued again and
again as each key has a unique 64 bit
encrypted code.
The cylinder is also equipped with a unique
feature, an audible alarm should anyone try
to pick the lock or try to gain access using a
bump key, should anyone persist and
succeed in turning the core of the cylinder,
without the unique electronic code the lock
cam will not engage.
The cylinder will retrofit almost all Euro key &
turn cylinders and is available in lengths up
to 120mm either symmetrical or
asymmetrical.
The power source and electronics are all
housed on the secure side of the cylinder
within the turn knob so use on front, back
and main entrance doors will not be
problem.
Three LR1 Batteries provide power for up to
2 years under normal use or 30,000 cycles.
A low battery warning is provided via an
audible bleep following each unlocking and
manual back up is automatic should power
become completely depleted. The intelligent
electronics recognise the gradual drain of
power and automatically switch the cylinder
to mechanical override mode. Note this
function will not be activated if someone tries
to compromise the system by removing the
batteries.
Typical applications would include Serviced
Apartments, Schools, Offices, High Street
Shops, The Multiples, Holiday Homes, Buy
to Let Apartments, Residential Homes and
many other applications too numerous to
mention.
Features
Master Key for Programming:
Program a new key
Delete All Keys
False Alarm of Illegal Key
Anti-Drill Pins
Low Power Warning
64 Bit Encryption Code
Door is Accessible While no
Battery Power
Electronic and Mechanical Master
Key System
Specifications
Cylinder: Euro-Profile, 60mm-120mm
Knob Diameter: 45.5mm
Battery: 3 LR1 (ANSI-910A) Batteries
Battery Life: Up to 2 Years
Operating Voltage: 4.5V
Operating Cycles: 30,000 Times
Operating Temperature: -20C - +60C.
100% Pick Proof
100% Bump Proof
Approved
212
PH-Access Control 21/2/07 4:15 pm Page 3
Access Control
TO LOCK
MORTICE
TO EXIT
EMERGENCY
INSIDE
INSIDE
TO LOCK
TRANSOM/MORTICE
POWER
Solenoid
Bolt
Break Glass Unit
Power
Supply
Magnetic
Lock
Z or Z&L
Bracket
Battery
Exit Button
Electric Strike
Rim Lock
TO ENTER
OUTSIDE
Keypad
Keyswitch
Proximity Reader
Audio/
Video Entry
TO ENTER Secure method of entry by either code, key, swipe card, proximity reader/fob or audio/video entry - How do we Get In?
TO EXIT Secure method of exit by either button or another reader/keypad - How do we Exit?
EMERGENCY
What happens in an emergency e.g. Fire - How do we Exit in an Emergency?
TO LOCK
Method of securing the door by either magnet, strike, solenoid bolt or rimlock - How do we Lock the Door?
POWER
Is the door fail safe (unlocked) or fail secure (locked) if there is a power failure - What if the Power Fails?
Single Inward/Outward Opening Door
1 Size?
2 Weight?
3 Usage?
4 Material?
5 Double or Single?
6 Double or Single Action?
7 Fire Exit Route?
8 Inward or Outward Opening?
What Type of Door Application?
LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND
Inward Opening Inward Opening
Outward Opening Outward Opening
Door
Handings
TO ENTER Secure method of entry by either code, key, swipe card, proximity reader/fob or audio/video entry - How do we Get In?
TO EXIT Secure method of exit by either button or another reader/keypad - How do we Exit?
EMERGENCY
What happens in an emergency e.g. Fire - How do we Exit in an Emergency?
TO LOCK
Method of securing the door by either magnet, strike, solenoid bolt or rimlock - How do we Lock the Door?
POWER
Is the door fail safe (unlocked) or fail secure (locked) if there is a power failure - What if the Power Fails?
Access Control Fitting Guide
6
213
PH-Access Control 21/2/07 4:15 pm Page 8
7
TO ENTER Secure method of entry by either code, key, swipe card, proximity reader/fob or audio/video entry - How do we Get In?
TO EXIT Secure method of exit by either button or another reader/keypad - How do we Exit?
EMERGENCY
What happens in an emergency e.g. Fire - How do we Exit in an Emergency?
TO LOCK
Method of securing the door by either magnet, strike, solenoid bolt or rimlock - How do we Lock the Door?
POWER
Is the door fail safe (locked) or fail secure (unocked) if there is a power failure - What if the Power Fails?
TO ENTER
OUTSIDE
TO LOCK
TO LOCK
REBATE
REBATE
IF REBATED DOORS
TO EXIT
EMERGENCY
INSIDE
INSIDE
TO LOCK
TRANSOM/MORTICE
POWER
INSIDE
POWER
X2 Z or Z&L
Brackets
x2 Solenoid
Bolts
Break Glass Unit
Keypad
Power
Supply
Double
Magnetic
Lock
Battery
Keyswitch
Proximity Reader
Audio/
Video Entry
Electric Strike
Rim Lock
Rebate Kit Required
Exit Button
Door Loop
Double Flush/Rebated Opening Door
1 Size?
2 Weight?
3 Usage?
4 Material?
5 Double or Single?
6 Double or Single Action?
7 Fire Exit Route?
8 Inward or Outward Opening?
What Type of Door Application?
Inward Opening Inward Opening
Outward Opening Outward Opening Outward Opening Outward Opening
Inward Opening Inward Opening
PLAIN MEETING DOUBLE REBATED
Door
Handings
TO ENTER Secure method of entry by either code, key, swipe card, proximity reader/fob or audio/video entry - How do we Get In?
TO EXIT Secure method of exit by either button or another reader/keypad - How do we Exit?
EMERGENCY
What happens in an emergency e.g. Fire - How do we Exit in an Emergency?
TO LOCK
Method of securing the door by either magnet, strike, solenoid bolt or rimlock - How do we Lock the Door?
POWER
Is the door fail safe (unlocked) or fail secure (locked) if there is a power failure - What if the Power Fails?
Access Control Fitting Guide
Access Control
214
PH-Access Control 21/2/07 4:15 pm Page 1
HUMBER MERCHANTS LIMITED
CONDITIONS OF SALE
1. Price Fluctuation: The price and terms of our quotation are based on conditions ruling at the date thereof and are subject to alteration at
any time. Acceptance of our quotation or of any part deliveries against it does not bind us to execute the whole or part of an order but
we reserve the right to execute deliveries ordered at current ruling prices at the date of delivery.
2. Acceptance: The time of delivery is not guaranteed without previous written undertakings. Our quotation is only open for seven days from
the date appearing thereon. It ceases automatically in case of war or emergency.
3. Defects: Any article sold will be replaced or repaired free of charge (including delivery charge) if in our sole and absolute discretion we
decide it was defective in material or workmanship upon delivery and provided written notice of the defect is given to us within fourteen
days of delivery. The above undertaking is given in lieu of all conditions or warranties of every kind whether express or implied by law or
otherwise which are hereby expressly excluded and no liability is accepted for loss of damage of any kind including consequential loss or
damage whether caused by negligence or otherwise.
4. Cancellation: Contracts and orders may be cancelled with our written permission only. Goods made to special order cannot be cancelled.
5. Goods Made To Special Pattern: We are unable to guarantee the exact quantity of goods made to special pattern which may be rather
more or less than ordered.
6. Terms of Payment: Unless the sale is for cash or upon shorter credit, accounts are due for payment on or before the last day of the month
following the date of delivery.
7. The risk in the goods shall pass upon delivery of the goods to the Buyer. However the property in the goods shall not pass to the buyer
until such time as the same shall have been paid for in full. In event of the Buyer selling or otherwise disposing of the goods before the
same shall have been paid in full; the Buyer shall hold the proceeds of sale or disposal on trust for us as Seller.
8. Loss, Shortage, Damage, etc., in Transit: Claims for shortage or for goods damaged during transit or otherwise can only be recognised
when the damage or shortage is signed for accordingly and a report in writing of the facts received by us within three days of delivery
date, where delivery is made by rail or carrier the facts must also be reported to the Railway Authority or to the carrier before removal of
the goods from the truck; or from the lorry. We do not accept responsibility for breakage in transit by rail. Time is the essence of this
condition.
9. Non-Delivery: Non-delivery of the whole of the consignment or any separate part or package must be notified within fourteen days of date
of despatch by us or on our behalf.
10. Goods Delivered by Instalments: Where goods are delivered by instalments each delivery shall be deemed to constitute a separate
enforceable contract.
11. Packages: Returnable packages when charged extra will be credited on return in good condition as per terms quoted.
12. Delivery: The price quoted allows for delivery as near to the site as a safe road permits and unloading at ground level. The customer is
responsible for providing all labour, information and facilities necessary to effect efficient and prompt delivery and unloading. If delivery
or unloading is delayed by the customer' s default in performing his obligations set out in this clause we reserve the right to amend the
quoted price.
13. Sales ex-stock: Goods ex-stock are offered subject to prior sale. Samples submitted with our estimates are from stock at time of
quotation but materials delivered may show slight variations in substance, performance, colour dimensions and no claim will be accepted
in respect of variation, but in a proper case we will assign to the buyer the right (if any) for the buyer to call upon the maker to supply in
accordance with the sample. No responsibility is accepted by us for crazing of tiles and no claims in respect of variations in colour
matching can be entertained.
14. Part Order: If all the goods included on our estimate are not ordered we reserve the right to revise our quoted price.
15. Distributors: Being distributors only we cannot agree to be sub-contractors.
16. General: These conditions form the sole conditions applicable to any contract entered into by us. No warranty, conditions, description
or representation inconsistent with these conditions in given or implied or has been given or implied from anything stated or written prior
to the conclusion of any contract that may arise as a result of our quotation. Any conditions of sale or purchase conflicting with these
conditions shall not apply to the goods sold and these conditions shall prevail and any acceptance of goods from us implies acceptance
of these conditions.
January 1998
Humb er Merc hants
Group
1 High quality products at value for money prices.
2 Helpful, well trained and experienced staff.
3 Small enough to care and large enough to serve your business.
4 FREE local delivery on all orders by our own friendly and
efficient drivers.
5 Extensive stock holding of over 16,000 lines within the group.
6 Willingness to locate and supply special non-stock items.
7 Strategically placed branches in the area so youre never far
away from one.
8 We have an enviable reputation for our service, built up since
we were established in 1972.
9 Out of hours you can fax or e-mail your order or enquiry to your
chosen branch.
10 30 day credit account facilities are available on application (subject to status).
Humber Merchants
Group
HUMBER MERCHANTS LIMITED
PARKINSON AVENUE,
SCUNTHORPE DN15 7JX.
TEL: 01724 860331
FAX: 01724 281326
EMAIL: scunthorpe@humbermerchants.co.uk
Opening Times: Monday Friday 7.30am 5.00pm
Saturday 8.00am 12 noon
Sunday Closed
HUMBER MERCHANTS LIMITED
UNIT 3, MANBY ROAD, IMMINGHAM
DN40 2LH.
TEL: 01469 576496
FAX: 01469 575038
EMAIL:
immingham@humbermerchants.co.uk
Opening Times: Monday Friday 8.00am 5.00pm
Saturday 8.00am 12 noon
Sunday Closed
HUMBER MERCHANTS LIMITED
(INCORPORATING D.C. HOBBS)
UNITS 2 & 3, NETWORK CENTRE,
DONCASTER ROAD, DONCASTER DN3 1HP
TEL: 01302 888817
FAX: 01302 888856
EMAIL: doncaster@humbermerchants.co.uk
Opening Times: Monday Friday 7.30am 4.30pm
Saturday 8.00am 12 noon
Sunday Closed
WARREN ROAD, SCUNTHORPE.
TEL: 01724 848327
EMAIL: scunthorpe@humbermerchants.co.uk
Opening Times: Monday Friday 8.00am 12 noon
& 1.00pm 5.00pm
Saturday 8.00am 12 noon
Sunday Closed
Humber Merchants
Group
92 - 93 BARMSTON STREET,
HULL HU2 OPJ.
TEL: 01482 329361
FAX: 01482 329366
EMAIL: hull@humbermerchants.co.uk
Opening Times: Monday Friday 8.00am 5.00pm
Saturday 8.00am 12 noon
Sunday Closed
For all your TIMBER needs contact...
G. EMPSON & SONS LTD
STATION ROAD, GUNNESS,
NR. SCUNTHORPE DN15 8TR.
TEL: 01724 782459
FAX: 01724 783077
EMAIL: g.empson@tiscali.co.uk
Opening Times: Monday Friday 7.30am 4.30pm
Saturday 7.30am 12 noon
Sunday Closed
FENCING, DECKING & CALOR
CENTRE
INDUSTRIAL SUPPLIES
(HULL) LIMITED
www.humbermerchants.co.uk

You might also like